10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File Number 0-16587

Summit Financial Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

       West Virginia                                                                55-0672148

(State or other jurisdiction of                                                 (I.R.S. Employer

 incorporation or organization)                                             Identification No.)

        300 N. Main Street

  Moorefield, West Virginia                                                       26836

(Address of principal executive offices)                                     (Zip Code)

(304) 530-1000

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common

(Title of Class)

The NASDAQ Capital Market

(Name of Exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨  No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ¨  No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes þ  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o                                                                                                       Accelerated filer o                                

Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)                        Smaller reporting company þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ¨  No þ

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2011, was approximately $17,179,000.  Registrant has assumed that all of its executive officers and directors are affiliates.  Such assumption shall not be deemed to be conclusive for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on February 29, 2012, was 7,425,472.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

The following lists the documents which are incorporated by reference in the Annual Report Form 10-K, and the Parts and Items of the Form 10-K into which the documents are incorporated.

                                                      Part of Form 10-K into which

Document                                                                                         document is incorporated

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the                                                                                                  Part III - Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 17, 2012

  ii

SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC

Form 10-K Index

 Page

PART I.
Item 1.	Business	1-11
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	12-22
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	23
Item 2.	Properties	23
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	23
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	23
PART II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related
	Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	24
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	25
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
	Results of Operations	26-41
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	42
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	45-86
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
	Financial Disclosure	87
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	87
Item 9B.	Other Information	87
PART III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance	88
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	88
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
	and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	88
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	88
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	88
PART IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	89-90
SIGNATURES		91

iii

PART I.

Item 1.     Business

Summit Financial Group, Inc. (“Company” or “Summit”) is a $1.45 billion financial holding company headquartered in Moorefield, West Virginia.  We provide community banking services primarily in the Eastern Panhandle and South Central regions of West Virginia and the Northern region of Virginia.  We provide these services through our community bank subsidiary, Summit Community Bank (“Summit Community” or “Bank”).  We also operate Summit Insurance Services, LLC in Moorefield, West Virginia and Leesburg, Virginia.

Community Banking

We provide a wide range of community banking services, including demand, savings and time deposits; commercial, real estate and consumer loans; letters of credit; and cash management services.  The deposits of Summit Community are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

In order to compete with other financial service providers, we principally rely upon personal relationships established by our officers, directors and employees with our clients, and specialized services tailored to meet our clients’ needs.  We have maintained a strong community orientation by, among other things, supporting the active participation of staff members in local charitable, civic, school, religious and community development activities.  We also have a marketing program that primarily utilizes local radio and newspapers to advertise.  Banking, like most industries, is becoming more dependent on technology as a means of marketing to customers, including the internet, which we also utilize.  This approach, coupled with continuity of service by the same staff members, enables Summit Community to develop long-term customer relationships, maintain high quality service and respond quickly to customer needs.  We believe that our emphasis on local relationship banking, together with a prudent approach to lending, are important factors in our success and growth.

All operational and support functions that are transparent to clients are centralized in order to achieve consistency and cost efficiencies in the delivery of products and services by each banking office.  The central office provides services such as data processing, bookkeeping, accounting, treasury management, loan administration, loan review, compliance, risk management and internal auditing to enhance our delivery of quality service.  We also provide overall direction in the areas of credit policy and administration, strategic planning, marketing, investment portfolio management and other financial and administrative services. The banking offices work closely with us to develop new products and services needed by their customers and to introduce enhancements to existing products and services.

Lending

Our primary lending focus is providing commercial loans to local businesses with annual sales ranging from $300,000 to $30 million and providing owner-occupied real estate loans to individuals.  Typically, our customers have financing requirements between $50,000 and $1,000,000.  We generally do not seek loans of more than $5 million but will consider larger lending relationships which involve exceptional levels of credit quality.  Under our commercial banking strategy, we focus on offering a broad line of financial products and services to small and medium-sized businesses through full service banking offices.  Summit Community Bank has senior management with extensive lending experience.  These managers exercise substantial authority over credit and pricing decisions, subject to loan committee approval for larger credits.

We segment our loan portfolio in to the following major lending categories: commercial, commercial real estate, construction and development, residential real estate, and consumer. Commercial loans are loans made to commercial borrowers that are not secured by real estate. These encompass loans secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, as well as unsecured loans. Commercial real estate loans consist of commercial mortgages, which generally are secured by nonresidential and multi-family residential properties. Commercial real estate loans are made to many of the same customers and carry similar industry risks as the commercial loan portfolio. Construction and development loans are loans made for the purpose of financing construction or development projects. This portfolio includes commercial and residential land development loans, one-to-four family housing construction both pre-sold and speculative in nature, multi-family housing construction, non-residential building construction, and undeveloped land. Residential real estate loans are mortgage loans to consumers and are secured primarily by a first lien deed of trust. These loans are traditional one-to-four family residential mortgages. Also included in this category of loans are second liens on one-to-four family properties as well as home equity loans. Consumer loans are loans that establish consumer credit that is granted for the consumer’s personal use. These loans include automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, as well as personal secured and unsecured loans.

1

Our loan underwriting guidelines and standards are consistent with the prudent banking practices applicable to the relevant exposure and are updated periodically and presented to the Board of Directors for approval. The purpose of these standards and guidelines are:  to grant loans on a sound and collectible basis, to invest available funds in a safe and profitable manner, to serve the legitimate credit needs of our primary market area, and to ensure that all loan applicants receive fair and equal treatment in the lending process. It is the intent of the underwriting guidelines and standards to: minimize losses by carefully investigating the credit history of each applicant, verify the source of repayment and the ability of the applicant to repay, collateralize those loans in which collateral is deemed to be required, exercise care in the documentation of the application, review, approval, and origination process, and administer a comprehensive loan collection program.

Our real estate underwriting loan-to-value (“LTV”) policy limits are at or below current bank regulatory guidelines, as follows:

	Regulatory	Summit
	LTV	LTV
	Guideline	Policy Limit
Undeveloped land	65%	65%
Land development	75%	70%
Construction:
Commercial, multifamily, and other non-residential	80%	80%
1-4 family residential, consumer borrower	85%	85%
1-4 family residential, commercial borrower	85%	80%
Improved property	85%	80%
Owner occupied 1-4 family	90%	85%
Home equity	90%	90%

Exceptions are permitted to these regulatory guidelines as long as such exceptions are identified, monitored, and reported to the Board of Directors at least quarterly, and the total of such exceptions do not exceed 100% of Summit Community’s total regulatory capital, which totaled $142.3 million as of December 31, 2011.  As of this date, we had loans approximating $57.1 million that exceeded the above regulatory LTV guidelines, as follows:

Residential real estate
Owner occupied – 1st lien	$ 11.4 million
Owner occupied – 2nd lien	$   1.4 million
Commercial real estate
Residential non-owner occupied, 1st lien	$   4.9 million
Owner occupied commercial real estate	$ 21.6 million
Other commercial real estate	$   5.6 million
Construction, development & land	$ 12.2 million

Our underwriting standards and practice are designed to originate both fixed and variable rate loan products consistent with the underwriting guidelines discussed above. Adjustable rate and variable rate loans are underwritten giving consideration both to the loan’s initial rate and to higher assumed rates commensurate with reasonably anticipated market conditions.  Accordingly, we want to insure that adequate primary repayment capacity exists to address both future increases in interest rates, and fluctuations in the underlying cash flows available for repayment.  Historically, we have not offered “teaser rates” or “payment option ARM” loans.  Further, we have had no loan portfolio products which were specifically designed for “sub-prime” borrowers (defined as consumers with a credit score of less than 599).

Supervision and Regulation

General

We, as a financial holding company, are subject to the restrictions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and are registered pursuant to its provisions.  As a registered financial holding company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”), and are subject to examination by the FRB.  As a financial holding company doing business in West Virginia, we are also subject to regulation by the West Virginia Board of Banking and Financial Institutions and must submit annual reports to the West Virginia Division of Banking.

2

The BHCA prohibits the acquisition by a financial holding company of direct or indirect ownership of more than five percent of the voting shares of any bank within the United States without prior approval of the FRB. With certain exceptions, a financial holding company is prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control or more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank, and from engaging directly or indirectly in business unrelated to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks.

The FRB, in its Regulation Y, permits financial holding companies to engage in non-banking activities closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks.  Approval of the FRB is necessary to engage in these activities or to make acquisitions of corporations engaging in these activities as the FRB determines whether these acquisitions or activities are in the public interest. In addition, by order, and on a case by case basis, the FRB may approve other non-banking activities.

The BHCA permits us to purchase or redeem our own securities.  However, Regulation Y provides that prior notice must be given to the FRB if the total consideration for such purchase or consideration, when aggregated with the net consideration paid by us for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months is equal to 10 percent or more of our consolidated net worth.  Prior notice is not required if (i) both before and immediately after the redemption, the financial holding company is well-capitalized; (ii) the financial holding company is well-managed and (iii) the financial holding company is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

Federal law restricts subsidiary banks of a financial holding company from making certain extensions of credit to the parent financial holding company or to any of its subsidiaries, from investing in the holding company stock, and limits the ability of a subsidiary bank to take its parent company stock as collateral for the loans of any borrower. Additionally, federal law prohibits a financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in certain tie-­in arrangements in conjunction with the extension of credit or furnishing of services.

Summit Community is subject to West Virginia statutes and regulations, and is primarily regulated by the West Virginia Division of Banking and is also subject to regulations promulgated by the FRB and the FDIC.  As members of the FDIC, the deposits of the bank are insured as required by federal law.  Bank regulatory authorities regularly examine revenues, loans, investments, management practices, and other aspects of Summit Community.  These examinations are conducted primarily to protect depositors and not shareholders.  In addition to these regular examinations, Summit Community must furnish to regulatory authorities quarterly reports containing full and accurate statements of their affairs.

The FRB has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations.  The FRB also can assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution.  The penalties can be as high as $1 million for each day the activity continues.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

On July 21, 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will:

§   Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws.

§   Require the bank regulators to seek to make its capital requirements for all banks countercyclical so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

§   Require financial holding companies to be well-capitalized and well-managed as of July 21, 2011. Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well-capitalized and well-managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.

3

§   Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) and increase the floor of the size of the DIF, which generally will require an increase in the level of assessments for institutions with assets in excess of $10 billion.

§   Impose comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, which would include certain provisions that would effectively prohibit insured depository institutions from conducting certain derivatives businesses in the institution itself.

§   Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions.

§   Make permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance until January 1, 2013 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.

§   Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

§   Amend the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA) to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer.

        Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on our Company, our customers or the financial industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments, payment of interest on demand deposits and interchange fees could increase the costs associated with deposits as well as place limitations on certain revenues those deposits may generate.

In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections at least semi-annually for the fund and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required.

In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012.

In April 2011, the FDIC implemented rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The final rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments.  Specifically, the rule bases assessments on an institution’s total assets less tangible capital, as opposed to total deposits.  Since the new base is larger than the prior base, the FDIC also proposed lowering assessment rates so that the rules would not significantly alter the total amount of revenue collected from the industry.  The new assessment scale ranges from 2.5 basis points for the least risky institutions to 45 basis points for the riskiest.

Permitted Non-banking Activities

The FRB permits, within prescribed limits, financial holding companies to engage in non-banking activities closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks.  Such activities are not limited to the state of West Virginia.  Some examples of non-banking activities which presently may be performed by a financial holding company are: making or acquiring, for its own account or the account of others, loans and other extensions of credit; operating as an industrial bank, or industrial loan company, in the manner authorized by state law; servicing loans and other extensions of credit; performing or carrying on any one or more of the functions or activities that may be performed or carried on by a trust company in the manner authorized by federal or state law; acting as an investment or financial advisor; leasing real or personal property; making equity or debt investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare, such as the economic rehabilitation and the development of low income areas; providing bookkeeping services or financially oriented data processing services for the holding

4

company and its subsidiaries; acting as an insurance agent or a broker; acting as an underwriter for credit life insurance which is directly related to extensions of credit by the financial holding company system; providing courier services for certain financial documents; providing management consulting advice to nonaffiliated banks; selling retail money orders having a face value of not more than $1,000, traveler's checks and U.S. savings bonds; performing appraisals of real estate; arranging commercial real estate equity financing under certain limited circumstances; providing securities brokerage services related to securities credit activities; underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments; providing foreign exchange advisory and transactional services; and acting under certain circumstances, as futures commission merchant for nonaffiliated persons in the execution and clearance on major commodity exchanges of futures contracts and options.

Credit and Monetary Policies and Related Matters

Summit Community is affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, including the FRB.  An important function of these policies is to curb inflation and control recessions through control of the supply of money and credit.  The operations of Summit Community are affected by the policies of government regulatory authorities, including the FRB which regulates money and credit conditions through open market operations in United States Government and Federal agency securities, adjustments in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, and requirements against deposits and regulation of interest rates payable by member banks on time and savings deposits.  These policies have a significant influence on the growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits, and interest rates charged on loans, or paid for time and savings deposits, as well as yields on investments.  The FRB has had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and is expected to continue to do so in the future.  Future policies of the FRB and other authorities and their effect on future earnings cannot be predicted.

The FRB has a policy that a financial holding company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary bank.  Under the source of strength doctrine, the FRB may require a financial holding company to contribute capital to a troubled subsidiary bank, and may charge the financial holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank.  This capital injection may be required at times when Summit may not have the resources to provide it.  Any capital loans by a holding company to any subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank.  In addition, the Crime Control Act of 1990 provides that in the event of a financial holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by such holding company to a Federal bank or thrift regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act ("FIRREA") provides that depository institutions insured by the FDIC may be liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution, or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default.  "Default" is defined generally as the appointment of a conservator or receiver and "in danger of default" is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that a "default" is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.  Accordingly, in the event that any insured bank or subsidiary of Summit causes a loss to the FDIC, other bank subsidiaries of Summit could be liable to the FDIC for the amount of such loss.

Under federal law, the OCC may order the pro rata assessment of shareholders of a national bank whose capital stock has become impaired, by losses or otherwise, to relieve a deficiency in such national bank's capital stock.  This statute also provides for the enforcement of any such pro rata assessment of shareholders of such national bank to cover such impairment of capital stock by sale, to the extent necessary, of the capital stock of any assessed shareholder failing to pay the assessment.  Similarly, the laws of certain states provide for such assessment and sale with respect to the subsidiary banks chartered by such states.  Summit, as the sole stockholder of Summit Community, is subject to such provisions.

Capital Requirements

As a financial holding company, we are subject to FRB risk-based capital guidelines. The guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures into explicit account in assessing capital adequacy, and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets.  Under the guidelines and related policies, financial holding companies must maintain capital sufficient to meet both a risk-based asset ratio test and leverage ratio test on a consolidated basis.  The risk-based ratio is determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet commitments into four weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for categories perceived as representing greater risk.  Summit Community is subject to substantially similar capital requirements adopted by its applicable regulatory agencies.

5

Generally, under the applicable guidelines, a financial institution's capital is divided into two tiers.  "Tier 1", or core capital, includes common equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus) and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangibles.  "Tier 2", or supplementary capital, includes, among other things, cumulative and limited-life preferred stock, hybrid capital instruments, mandatory convertible securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations, less required deductions.  "Total capital" is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.  Financial holding companies are subject to substantially identical requirements, except that cumulative perpetual preferred stock can constitute up to 25% of a financial holding company's Tier 1 capital.

Financial holding companies are required to maintain a risk-based capital ratio of 8%, of which at least 4% must be Tier 1 capital.  The appropriate regulatory authority may set higher capital requirements when an institution's particular circumstances warrant.  For purposes of the leverage ratio, the numerator is defined as Tier 1 capital and the denominator is defined as adjusted total assets (as specified in the guidelines).  The guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for financial holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity, low interest rate exposure and the highest regulatory rating.  Financial holding companies not meeting these criteria are required to maintain a leverage ratio which exceeds 4% by a cushion of at least 1 to 2 percent.

The guidelines also provide that financial holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.  Furthermore, the FRB's guidelines indicate that the FRB will continue to consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio" in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.  The tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio is the ratio of an institution's Tier 1 capital, less all intangibles, to total assets, less all intangibles.

Section 305 of FDICIA (as defined below) required the FRB and other banking agencies to revise their risk-based capital standards to ensure that those standards take adequate account of interest rate risk. This final rule amends the capital standards to specify that the banking agencies include, in their evaluations of a bank’s capital adequacy, an assessment of the exposure to declines in the economic value of the bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates.

Failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject the financial holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities, including limitations on the ability to pay dividends, the issuance by the regulatory authority of a capital directive to increase capital and termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, as well as to the measures described under the "Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991" as applicable to undercapitalized institutions.

Our regulatory capital ratios and Summit Community’s capital ratios as of year end 2011 are set forth in the table in Note 16 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements on page 81.

Basel III Standards.  In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III.” Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Basel III final capital framework, among other things:

§   introduces as a new capital measure Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions or adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the deductions or adjustments as compared to existing regulations;

§   when fully phased in on January 1, 2019, requires banks to maintain:

o   as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%);

6

o   a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation);

o   a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation);

o   as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and

o   provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer”, generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 5%).

The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

The implementation of the Basel III final framework will commence January 1, 2013. On that date, banking institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital ratios before the application of any buffer:

§   3.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

§   4.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and

§   8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

The Basel III final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2014 and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

The U.S. banking agencies have indicated informally that they expect to propose regulations implementing Basel III during the first quarter of 2012 and final rules later in 2012. Notwithstanding its release of the Basel III framework as a final framework, the Basel Committee is considering further amendments to Basel III, including the imposition of additional capital surcharges on globally systemically important financial institutions. In addition to Basel III, the Dodd-Frank Act requires or permits the Federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects, including potentially more stringent capital requirements for systemically important financial institutions. On November 22, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule requiring top-tier U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans for review.  In addition, the FRB also expects these banks to demonstrate that they can achieve the capital ratios required by the Basel III framework as applied to the U.S.  Accordingly, the regulations ultimately applicable to us may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as published in December 2010 and redefined in 2011.

Liquidity Ratios under Basel III.  Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III final framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks

7

and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward will be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. The LCR would be implemented subject to an observation period beginning in 2011, but would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2015, and the NSFR would not be introduced as a requirement until January 1, 2018. These new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may well change before implementation.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") substantially revised the bank regulatory and funding provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act and made revisions to several other banking statues.

FDICIA establishes a new regulatory scheme, which ties the level of supervisory intervention by bank regulatory authorities primarily to a depository institution's capital category. Among other things, FDICIA authorizes regulatory authorities to take "prompt corrective action" with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements.  FDICIA establishes five capital tiers:  well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

By regulation, an institution is "well-capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.  Summit Community was a "well capitalized" institution as of December 31, 2011.  Well-capitalized institutions are permitted to engage in a wider range of banking activities, including among other things, the accepting of "brokered deposits," and the offering of interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in their respective markets.

Another requirement of FDICIA is that Federal banking agencies must prescribe regulations relating to various operational areas of banks and financial holding companies.  These include standards for internal audit systems, loan documentation, information systems, internal controls, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares and such other standards as the agencies deem appropriate.

Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking Bill

In 1994, Congress passed the Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking Bill (the "Interstate Bill").  The Interstate Bill permits certain interstate banking activities through a holding company structure, effective September 30, 1995.  It permits interstate branching by merger effective June 1, 1997 unless states "opt-in" sooner, or "opt-out" before that date.  States may elect to permit de novo branching by specific legislative election.  In March, 1996, West Virginia adopted changes to its banking laws so as to permit interstate banking and branching to the fullest extent permitted by the Interstate Bill.  The Interstate Bill permits consolidation of banking institutions across state lines and, under certain conditions, de novo entry.

USA PATRIOT Act

        The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (“USA PATRIOT Act”) is a comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation.  The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism.  The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act, which applies to our bank, or the BHCA, which applies to Summit.  We, and our subsidiaries, including the bank, have adopted systems and procedures to comply with the USA PATRIOT Act and its regulations as adopted by the Secretary of the Treasury.

8

Community Reinvestment Act

Financial holding companies and their subsidiary banks are also subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”).  Under the CRA, the FRB (or other appropriate bank regulatory agency) is required, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess such bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that bank, including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  Further such assessment is also required of any financial holding company which has applied to (i) charter a national bank, (ii) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly chartered institution, (iii) establish a new branch office that will accept deposits, (iv) relocate an office, or (v) merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of a federally-regulated financial institution.  In the case of a financial holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other financial holding company, the FRB will assess the record of each subsidiary of the applicant financial holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application or imposing conditions in connection with approval of the application.  On December 8, 1993, the Federal regulators jointly announced proposed regulations to simplify enforcement of the CRA by substituting the present twelve categories with three assessment categories for use in calculating CRA ratings (the “December 1993 Proposal”).  In response to comments received by the regulators regarding the December 1993 Proposal, the federal bank regulators issued revised CRA proposed regulations on September 26, 1994 (the “Revised CRA Proposal”).  The Revised CRA Proposal, compared to the December 1993 Proposal, essentially broadens the scope of CRA performance examinations and more explicitly considers community development activities.  Moreover, in 1994, the Department of Justice became more actively involved in enforcing fair lending laws.

In the most recent CRA examination by the bank regulatory authorities, Summit Community Bank was given a “satisfactory” CRA rating.

Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

The enactment of the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) represents a pivotal point in the history of the financial services industry.  The GLB Act swept away large parts of a regulatory framework that had its origins in the Depression Era of the 1930s.  New opportunities were available for banks, other depository institutions, insurance companies and securities firms to enter into combinations that permit a single financial services organization to offer customers a more complete array of financial products and services.  The GLB Act provides a new regulatory framework through the financial holding company, which has as its “umbrella regulator” the FRB.  Functional regulation of the financial holding company’s separately regulated subsidiaries is conducted by their primary functional regulators.  The GLB Act makes a CRA rating of satisfactory or above necessary for insured depository institutions and their financial holding companies to engage in new financial activities.  The GLB Act specifically gives the FRB the authority, by regulation or order, to expand the list of “financial” or “incidental” activities, but requires consultation with the U.S. Treasury Department, and gives the FRB authority to allow a financial holding company to engage in any activity that is “complementary” to a financial activity and does not “pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.”

        Under the GLB Act, all financial institutions are required to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access.  We have established policies and procedures to assure our compliance with all privacy provisions of the GLB Act.

Deposit Acquisition Limitation

Under West Virginia banking law, an acquisition or merger is not permitted if the resulting depository institution or its holding company, including its affiliated depository institutions, would assume additional deposits to cause it to control deposits in the State of West Virginia in excess of twenty five percent (25%) of such total amount of all deposits held by insured depository institutions in West Virginia.  This limitation may be waived by the Commissioner of Banking by showing good cause.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

In addition to the banking laws and regulations discussed above, bank subsidiaries are also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks.  Among the more prominent of such laws and regulations are the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the Fair Housing Act.  These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. Bank subsidiaries must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations.

9

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

On July 30, 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOA”) was enacted, which addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information.  Effective August 29, 2002, as directed by Section 302(a) of SOA, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each required to certify that Summit’s Quarterly and Annual Reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules have several requirements, including requiring these officers certify that:  they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal controls; and they have included information in Summit’s Quarterly and Annual Reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the evaluation.

        Furthermore, in November 2003, in response to the directives of the SOA, NASDAQ adopted substantially expanded corporate governance criteria for the issuers of securities quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market (the market on which our common stock is listed for trading).  The new NASDAQ rules govern, among other things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and internal governance of listed companies and the authority, role and responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of "independent" members of such boards of directors, in the areas of nominations, corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal financial control processes.

Competition

We engage in highly competitive activities. Each activity and market served involves competition with other banks and savings institutions, as well as with non-banking and non-financial enterprises that offer financial products and services that compete directly with our products and services. We actively compete with other banks, mortgage companies and other financial service companies in our efforts to obtain deposits and make loans, in the scope and types of services offered, in interest rates paid on time deposits and charged on loans, and in other aspects of banking.

In addition to competing with other banks and mortgage companies, we compete with other financial institutions engaged in the business of making loans or accepting deposits, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, industrial loan associations, insurance companies, small loan companies, finance companies, real estate investment trusts, certain governmental agencies, credit card organizations and other enterprises.  In recent years, competition for money market accounts from securities brokers has also intensified. Additional competition for deposits comes from government and private issues of debt obligations and other investment alternatives for depositors such as money market funds.  We take an aggressive competitive posture, and intend to continue vigorously competing for market share within our service areas by offering competitive rates and terms on both loans and deposits.

Transactions with Affiliates

         There are various statutory and regulatory limitations, including those set forth in sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the related Federal Reserve Regulation W, governing the extent to which the bank will be able to purchase assets from or securities of or otherwise finance or transfer funds to us or our nonbanking affiliates.  Among other restrictions, such as transactions between the bank and any one affiliate (including Summit) generally will be limited to 10% of the bank's capital and surplus, and transactions between the bank and all affiliates will be limited to 20% of the bank's capital and surplus.  Furthermore, loans and extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts and are required to be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

         In addition, any transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets or provisions of services to an affiliate generally must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favaorable, to the bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

Employees

At February 15, 2012, we employed 230 full-time equivalent employees.

10

Available Information

Our internet website address is www.summitfgi.com, and our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such filed reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) are accessible through this website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with the SEC.  The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this report or incorporated into any other filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

These reports are also available at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.  You may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the Public Reference Room.  You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Statistical Information

The information noted below is provided pursuant to Guide 3 – Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies.

Description of Information                                                                                                           Page Reference

1.   Distribution of Assets, Liabilities, and Shareholders’

Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

a.    Average Balance Sheets 30

b.    Analysis of Net Interest Earnings  29

c.    Rate Volume Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Expense  31

2.   Investment Portfolio

a.    Book Value of Investments  34

b.    Maturity Schedule of Investments 34

c.  Securities of Issuers Exceeding 10% of Shareholders’ Equity   33

3.   Loan Portfolio

a.    Types of Loans 33

b.    Maturities and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates 63

c.    Risk Elements 36

d.    Other Interest Bearing Assets n/a

    4.   Summary of Loan Loss Experience 38

5.   Deposits

a.   Breakdown of Deposits by Categories, Average Balance,

and Average Rate Paid                                                                                                                           30

b.   Maturity Schedule of Time Certificates of Deposit and Other

Time Deposits of $100,000 or More                                                                                                      73

6.    Return of Equity and Assets 29

7.    Short-term Borrowings 74

11

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

We, like other financial holding companies, are subject to a number of risks that may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operation, many of which are outside of our direct control, though efforts are made to manage those risks while optimizing returns. Among the risks assumed are: (1) credit risk, which is the risk of loss due to loan clients or other counterparties not being able to meet their financial obligations under agreed upon terms, (2) market risk, which is the risk of loss due to changes in the market value of assets and liabilities due to changes in market interest rates, equity prices, and credit spreads, (3) liquidity risk, which is the risk of loss due to the possibility that funds may not be available to satisfy current or future commitments based on external market issues, investor and customer perception of financial strength, and events unrelated to the Company such as war, terrorism, or financial institution market specific issues, and (4) operational risk, which is the risk of loss due to human error, inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards, and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks.

In addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference into this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important factors, among others, could materially impact our business, future results of operations, and future cash flows.

 Risks Relating to the Economic Environment

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

      Negative developments in the financial services industry have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general and a related general economic downturn.  In addition, as a consequence of the recession in the United States, beginning in the latter half of 2007, business activity across a wide range of industries faces serious difficulties due to the lack of consumer spending and the extreme lack of liquidity in the global credit markets. Unemployment has also increased significantly.

      As a result of these financial economic crises, many lending institutions, including us, have experienced declines in the performance of their loans, including construction and land development loans, residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and consumer loans.  In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline.  Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected.  In addition, the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets has become more difficult compared to recent years.  As a result, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal or informal enforcement actions or orders.  The impact of new legislation in response to those developments may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate loans, and adversely impact our financial performance or our stock price.

      Further negative market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses.  A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial services industry.

In addition, the market for some of the investment securities held in our portfolio remains volatile, which may detrimentally affect the value of these securities, such as through reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit and liquidity risks.  There can be no assurance that the declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other than temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels.

      Overall, during the past year, the general business environment has had an adverse effect on our business, and there can be no assurance that the environment will improve in the near term.  Until conditions improve, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely affected.

Further downturn in our real estate markets could hurt our business.

      Substantially all of our real estate loans are located in West Virginia and Virginia.  While we do not have any sub-prime loans, our construction and development and residential real estate loan portfolios, along with our commercial real estate loan portfolio and certain of our other loans, have been affected by the recent downturn in the residential and commercial real estate market.  Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature.  We anticipate that further declines in the real estate markets in our primary market areas would affect our business.  If real estate values continue to decline, the collateral for our loans will provide less security.  As a result, our ability to

12

recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate will be diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.  The events and conditions described in this risk factor could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

         Since mid-2007, the financial services industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially and adversely affected by very significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a very serious lack of liquidity.  Financial institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence.

        Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships.  We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and we execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other institutional clients.  As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.  There is no assurance that any such losses or defaults would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The unprecedented levels of market volatility may adversely impact our ability to access capital or our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets have reached unprecedented levels, adversely impacting the stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers, often without regard to their financial capabilities.  If the current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or further deteriorate, our ability to access capital or our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

The Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), into law. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changes regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act includes, among other things, provisions creating a Financial Services Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks and improve interagency cooperation; centralizing the responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which will be responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws; permanently raising the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000; establishing strengthened capital standards for banks and disallowing trust preferred securities as qualifying for Tier 1 capital (subject to certain grandfather provisions for existing trust preferred securities); establishing new minimum mortgage underwriting standards; granting the Federal Reserve Board the power to regulate debit card interchange fees; and implementing numerous corporate governance changes. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking that will take effect over several years, thus making it difficult to assess all the effects the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the financial industry, including Summit, at this time. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our operations, require us to change certain business practices, impose on us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements, or otherwise adversely affect our operations.  We expect that operating and compliance costs will increase and could adversely affect Summit’s financial condition and results of operations.

         In addition, these changes may also require Summit to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements which may negatively impact Summit’s financial condition and results of operation. Summit is currently reviewing the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and assessing their probable impact on Summit and its operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are subject to certain supervisory actions by bank supervisory authorities that could have a material negative effect on our business, financial condition and the value of our common stock.

        On September 24, 2009, as amended effective February 1, 2011, Summit Community entered into an informal Memorandum of Understanding (“Bank MOU”) with the FDIC and the West Virginia Division of Banking. A memorandum of understanding is characterized by regulatory authorities as an informal action that is not published or publicly available and that is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or order.  Among other things, under the Bank MOU, we have agreed to address the following matters relative to the Bank:

§   increased monitoring of the Bank’s current financial position;

§   approval of an internally-prepared written risk assessment of all business activities and product lines of the Bank and the establishment of goals and limitations for each such business activity or product identified as containing elevated degrees of risk;

§   achieving and maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8% and a total-risk-based capital ratio of at least 11%;

13

§   declaring an intent to pay a cash dividend only if we give 30 days prior notice to our regulatory authorities and they do not object;

§   reviewing the adequacy of the Bank’s loan policies and approving necessary changes to strengthen credit administration and risk identification;

§   reviewing the investment policy and approving changes as appropriate;

§   reviewing the organizational structure of the Bank’s lending department;

§   providing the Bank’s regulatory authorities with updated reports of criticized assets and/or formal work-out plans for all nonperforming borrowers with outstanding balances exceeding $1.0 million;

§   establishing procedures to report all loans with balances exceeding $500,000 that have credit weaknesses or that fall outside of the Bank’s policy;

§   maintaining an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses through charges to current operating income;

§   employing a qualified independent third party to assess the procedures used to estimate the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses in accordance with FAS 5 and FAS 114;

§   preparing an updated comprehensive budget and earnings forecast for the bank;

§   developing a comprehensive three-year strategic plan for the bank;

§   reviewing overall liquidity objectives and developing and submitting to regulatory authorities plans and procedures aimed to improve liquidity and reduce reliance on volatile liabilities;

§   performing a risk segmentation analysis of concentrations of credit and developing a plan to reduce any segment of the portfolio which regulatory authorities deem to be an undue concentration of credit; and

§   providing quarterly progress reports to the Bank’s regulatory authorities detailing steps taken to comply with the Bank MOU.

         In addition to the Bank MOU, on November 6, 2009, Summit entered into an informal Memorandum of Understanding (“Holding Company MOU”) with its principal regulators, the West Virginia Division of Banking and the FRB of Richmond.  Under the terms of the Holding Company MOU, we agreed to:

§   promote compliance with the provisions of the Bank MOU;

§   suspend all cash dividends on our common stock until further notice;

§   not incur any additional debt, other than trade payables, without the prior written consent of the principal banking regulators;

§   adopt and implement a capital plan that is acceptable to the principal banking regulators and that is designed to maintain an adequate level and composition of capital protection commensurate for the risk profile of the organization; and

§   provide quarterly progress reports to Summit’s regulatory authorities detailing the steps taken to comply with the Holding Company MOU.

Dividends on all preferred stock, including the Series 2009 and Series 2011 preferred stock, as well as interest payments on our subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures underlying our trust preferred securities, continue to be permissible.  However, such dividends and interest payments on our preferred stock and trust preferred debt are subject to future review by the Federal Reserve should we continue to experience deterioration in our financial condition.

14

        Although dividends from the Bank are our principal source of funds to pay dividends and interest payments on our common stock, preferred stock, trust preferred debt and subordinated debt, we currently have sufficient cash on hand to continue to service our trust preferred and subordinated debt obligations as well as the expected dividend payments on our preferred stock through at least 2013.  Nevertheless, we can make no assurances that we will continue to have sufficient funds available for distributions to the holders of our preferred stock or that such dividends will continue to be permitted by our regulatory authorities.

        The Bank MOU and Holding Company MOU (the "MOUs") will remain in effect until modified, terminated, lifted, suspended or set aside by the regulatory authorities.

         If we were unable to meet the requirements of the MOUs in a timely manner, we could become subject to additional supervisory action, including a cease and desist order.  If our regulators were to take such additional supervisory action, we could, among other things, become subject to significant restrictions on our ability to develop any new business, as well as restrictions on our existing business, and we could be required to raise additional capital, dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period of time, or both.  The terms of any such supervisory action could have a material negative effect on our business, our financial condition and the value of our common stock. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further supervisory action or regulatory proceedings.

We may become subject to additional regulatory restrictions in the event that our regulatory capital levels decline.

        Although we and the Bank both qualified as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action as of December 31, 2011, there is no guarantee that we will not have a decline in our capital category in the future.  In the event of such a capital category decline, we would be subject to increased regulatory restrictions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects.

         If the bank is classified as undercapitalized, the bank is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the FDIC.  Pursuant to FDICIA, an undercapitalized bank is prohibited from increasing its assets, engaging in a new line of business, acquiring any interest in any company or insured depository institution, or opening or acquiring a new branch office, except under certain circumstances, including the acceptance by the FDIC of a capital restoration plan for the bank. Furthermore, if a state non-member bank is classified as undercapitalized, the FDIC may take certain actions to correct the capital position of the bank; if a bank is classified as significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized, the FDIC would be required to take one or more prompt corrective actions.  These actions would include, among other things, requiring sales of new securities to bolster capital; improvements in management; limits on interest rates paid; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; termination of certain risky activities and restrictions on compensation paid to executive officers.  If a bank is classified as critically undercapitalized, FDICIA requires the bank to be placed into conservatorship or receivership within 90 days, unless the Federal Reserve determines that other action would better achieve the purposes of FDICIA regarding prompt corrective action with respect to undercapitalized banks.

         Under FDICIA, banks may be restricted in their ability to accept broker deposits, depending on their capital classification. “Well-capitalized” banks are permitted to accept broker deposits, but all banks that are not well-capitalized could be restricted from accepting such deposits.  The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis, permit banks that are adequately capitalized, such as the Bank, to accept broker deposits if the FDIC determines that acceptance of such deposits would not constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice with respect to the bank.  These restrictions could materially and adversely affect our ability to access lower costs funds and thereby decrease our future earnings capacity.

        Our financial flexibility could be severely constrained if we are unable to renew our wholesale funding or if adequate financing is not available in the future at acceptable rates of interest.  We may not have sufficient liquidity to continue to fund new loan originations, and we may need to liquidate loans or other assets unexpectedly in order to repay obligations as they mature.  Our inability to obtain regulatory consent to accept or renew brokered deposits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects and our ability to continue as a going concern.

        Finally, the capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of examinations of the bank, the deposit insurance premiums paid by such bank, and the ability of the bank to engage in certain activities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects.  Under FDICIA, the FDIC is required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every bank at least once every twelve months.  An exception to this rule is made, however, that provides that banks (i) with assets of less than $100.0 million, (ii) that are categorized as “well-capitalized,” (iii) that were found to be well managed and whose composite rating was outstanding and (iv) that have not been subject to a change in control during the last twelve months, need only be examined by the FDIC once every 18 months.

Our decisions regarding credit risk could be inaccurate, and our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects.

        Our loan portfolio subjects us to credit risk.  Inherent risks in lending also include fluctuations in collateral values and economic downturns.  Making loans is an essential element of our business, and there is a risk that our loans will not be repaid.

15

      We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for estimated probable credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio.  As of December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses totaled $17.7 million, which represents approximately 1.80% of our total loans.  There is no precise method of predicting loan losses, and therefore, we always face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our allowance for loan losses and that we would need to make additional provisions to our allowance for loan losses.

      Our methodology for the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans is based on classifications of loans into various categories and the application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.  For non-classified loans, the estimated allowance is based on historical loss experiences as adjusted for changes in trends and conditions on at least an annual basis.  In addition, on a quarterly basis, the estimated allowance for non-classified loans is adjusted for the probable effect that current environmental factors could have on the historical loss factors currently in use.  While our allowance for loan losses is established in different portfolio components, we maintain an allowance that we believe is sufficient to absorb all estimated probable credit losses inherent in our portfolio.

      In addition, the FDIC as well as the West Virginia Division of Banking review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require us to establish additional reserves.  Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses will result in a decrease in our net earnings and capital and could hinder our ability to grow our assets.

We are subject to changes in public policy due to Health Care Reform that can adversely affect the markets for our insurance subsidiary’s products and services and our profitability.  

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, “Health Care Reform”) which makes broad-based changes to the U.S. health care system which could significantly affect the U.S. economy and will significantly impact the business operations and financial results of our insurance subsidiary, which markets and sells employee benefit products, including health insurance.  It is reasonably possible that Health Care Reform, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial results.

We do business with other financial institutions that could experience financial difficulty.

We do business through the purchase and sale of Federal funds, check clearing and through the purchase and sale of loan participations with other financial institutions.  Because these financial institutions have many risks, as do we, we could be adversely effected should one of these financial institutions experience significant financial difficulties or fail to comply with our agreements with them.

We may elect or be compelled to seek additional capital in the future, but capital may not be available when it is needed.

      We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations.  In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business or to finance acquisitions, if any, or we may otherwise elect to raise additional capital.  In that regard, a number of financial institutions have recently raised considerable amounts of capital as a result of deterioration in their results of operations and financial condition arising from the turmoil in the mortgage loan market, deteriorating economic conditions, declines in real estate values and other factors, which may diminish our ability to raise additional capital.

      Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial performance.  Accordingly, we cannot be assured of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on funding sources to meet our liquidity needs, such as brokered deposits and FHLB borrowings, which are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates and can be adversely affected by general economic conditions.

      We have frequently utilized as a source of funds certificates of deposit obtained through deposit brokers that solicit funds from their customers for deposit with us, or brokered deposits.  Brokered deposits, when compared to retail deposits attracted through a branch network, are generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates and volatility in the capital markets and could reduce our net interest spread and net interest margin.  In addition, brokered deposit funding sources may be more sensitive to significant changes in our financial condition.  As of December 31, 2011, brokered deposits totaled $169.2 million, or approximately 16.6% of our total deposits, compared to brokered deposits in the amount of $230.3 million or approximately 22.2% of our total deposits at December 31, 2010.  As of December 31, 2011, approximately $27.8 million in brokered deposits, or approximately 16.4% of our total brokered deposits, are short-term and mature within one year.  Our ability to continue to acquire brokered deposits is subject to our ability to price these deposits at competitive levels, which may increase our funding costs, and the confidence of the market.  In addition, if our capital ratios fall below the levels necessary to be considered “well-capitalized” under current regulatory guidelines, we could be restricted from using brokered deposits as a funding source.

16

      We also have borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank, or the FHLB.  As of December 31, 2011, our FHLB  borrowings maturing within one year totaled $52.6 million.  If we were unable to borrow from the FHLB in the future, we may be required to seek higher cost funding sources, which could materially and adversely affect our net interest income.

Summit operates in a very competitive industry and market.

       We face aggressive competition not only from banks, but also from other financial services companies, including finance companies and credit unions, and, to a limited degree, from other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, and consumer finance companies.  A number of competitors in our market areas are larger than we are and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services.  Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern us.  As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services.  Our profitability depends upon our ability to attract loans and deposits.  There is a risk that aggressive competition could result in our controlling a smaller share of our markets.  A decline in market share could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property.  During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans.  In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on those properties.  If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage.  Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property.  In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability.  The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our future earnings.

        Changes in interest rates could reduce income and cash flow.  Our income and cash flow depend primarily on the difference between the interest earned on loans and investment securities, and the interest paid on deposits and other borrowings.  Interest rates are beyond our control, and they fluctuate in response to general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board.  Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence loan originations, purchases of investments, volumes of deposits, and rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits.  Our results of operations may be adversely affected by increases or decreases in interest rates or by the shape of the yield curve.

Concern of customers over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits.

       With recent increased concerns about bank failures, customers increasingly are concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC.  Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with their bank is fully insured.  Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs and net income.

Our business is subject to significant government regulation.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to supervision and regulation by a number of governmental regulatory agencies, including the West Virginia Division of Banking, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC.  Regulations adopted by these agencies, which are generally intended to provide protection for depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of shareholders, govern a comprehensive range of matters relating to ownership and control of our shares, our acquisition of other companies and businesses, permissible activities for us to engage in, maintenance of adequate capital levels and other aspects of our operations.  The bank regulatory agencies possess broad authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law.

As a result, significant new legislation and regulatory reform passed in 2010 and 2011 and future legislation and government policy could adversely affect the banking industry as a whole, including our results of operations.  New legislation or regulation may limit the manner in which we may conduct our business, including our ability to offer new products, assess fees, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

Our deposit insurance premium could be substantially higher in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.

      The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions, including Summit Community.  The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund at a certain level.  Current economic conditions have increased bank failures and expectations for further failures, in which case the FDIC ensures payments of deposits up to insured limits from the Deposit Insurance Fund.

17

      On October 16, 2008, the FDIC published a restoration plan designed to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund over a period of five years and to increase the deposit insurance reserve ratio, which had decreased to 1.01% of insured deposits as of June 30, 2008, to the statutory minimum of 1.15% of insured deposits by December 31, 2013. In order to implement the restoration plan, the FDIC changed both its risk-based assessment system and its base assessment rates. For the first quarter of 2009 only, the FDIC increased all FDIC deposit assessment rates by 7 basis points.  These new rates range from 12-14 basis points for Risk Category I institutions to 50 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions.  Under the FDIC's restoration plan, the FDIC established new initial base assessment rates that are subject to adjustment as described below. Beginning April 1, 2009, the base assessment rates range from 10-14 basis points for Risk Category I institutions to 45 basis points for Risk Category IV institutions.  Changes to the risk-based assessment system include increasing premiums for institutions that rely on excessive amounts of brokered deposits, including CDARS, increasing premiums for excessive use of secured liabilities, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, lowering premiums for smaller institutions with very high capital levels, and adding financial ratios and debt issuer ratings to the premium calculations for banks with over $10 billion in assets, while providing a reduction for their unsecured debt.

      On May 22, 2009, the FDIC approved a final rule to institute a one-time special assessment of five cents per $100 of the difference between each insured institution's total assets and its Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009.  The assessment was collected on September 30, 2009.  The FDIC also stated that additional special assessments may be announced in the future.

In April 2011, the FDIC implemented rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The final rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments.  Specifically, the rule bases assessments on an institution’s total assets less tangible capital, as opposed to total deposits.  Since the new base is larger than the prior base, the FDIC also lowered the assessment rates so that the rules would not significantly alter the total amount of revenue collected from the industry.  The new assessment scale ranges from 2.5 basis points for the least risky institutions to 45 basis points for the riskiest.  Either an increase in the Risk Category of Summit Community or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

We rely heavily on our management team and the unexpected loss of key officers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects.

      Our success has been and will continue to be greatly influenced by our ability to retain the services of existing senior management and, as we expand, to attract and retain qualified additional senior and middle management.  Our senior executive officers have been instrumental in the development and management of our business.  The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects.  We have not established a detailed management succession plan.  Accordingly, should we lose the services of any of our senior executive officers, our Board of Directors may have to search outside of Summit Financial Group for a qualified permanent replacement.  This search may be prolonged and we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate and hire a qualified replacement.  If any of our senior executive officers leaves his or her respective position, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or future prospects may suffer.

An interruption in or breach in security of our information systems may result in a loss of customer business and have an adverse affect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

      We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business.  Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems.  Although we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or minimize the effect of a failure, interruption or breach in security of our communications or information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed.  The occurrence of any such failures, interruptions or security breaches could result in a loss of customer business and have a negative effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The accounting standard setting bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other regulatory bodies periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards affecting the preparation of financial statements.  These changes are not within our control and could materially impact our financial statements.

18

Our business is dependent on technology and our inability to invest in technological improvements may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

      The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services.  In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs.  Our future success depends in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in its operations.  Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.  We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers, which may negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities

Our ability to pay dividends is limited and we have stopped paying cash dividends.

      We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from our subsidiary bank, Summit Community.  These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt.  Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that Summit Community may pay to Summit.  Also, Summit’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.  In the event Summit Community is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on either our common stock or our Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock.  The inability to receive dividends from Summit Community could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      Under the terms of the Bank MOU, Summit Community may pay dividends to us if they give 30 days prior notice to the FDIC and the West Virginia Division of Banking and they do not object.  In addition, under the terms of the Holding Company MOU, we have suspended all cash dividends on our common stock until further notice.  Dividends on all preferred stock, including the Series 2009 and Series 2011 preferred stock, as well as interest payments on subordinated notes underlying our trust preferred securities, continue to be permissible.  However, no assurances can be given that such payments will be permitted in the future if we continue to experience deterioration in our financial condition.

The market price for shares of our common stock may fluctuate.

      The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to a change in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects.  Such risks may include:

§   Operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities  analysts and investors;

§   Developments in our business or in the financial sector generally;

§   Regulatory changes affecting our industry generally or our businesses and operations;

§   The operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;

§   Announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions and other material events by us or our competitors;

§   Changes in the credit, mortgage and real estate markets, including the markets for mortgage-related securities;

§   Changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stocks, commodity, credit or asset valuations or volatility;

§   Changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance

§   Volatility of stock market prices and volumes

§   Rumors or erroneous information

§   Changes in market valuations of similar companies

§   Changes in interest rates

§   New developments in the banking industry

§   Variations in our quarterly or annual operating results

§   New litigation or changes in existing litigation

§   Regulatory actions

      Stock markets in general and our common stock in particular have, over the past year, and continue to be, experiencing significant price and volume volatility.  As a result, the market price of our common stock may continue to be subject to similar market fluctuations that may be unrelated to our operating performance or prospects.  Increased volatility could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

19

Our executive officers and directors own shares of our common stock, allowing management to have an impact on our corporate affairs.

      As of February 28, 2012 our executive officers and directors beneficially own 35.03% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.  Accordingly, these executive officers and directors will be able to impact the outcome of all matters required to be submitted to our stockholders for approval, including decisions relating to the election of directors, the determination of our day-to-day corporate and management policies and other significant corporate transactions.

Your share ownership may be diluted by the issuance of additional shares of our common stock in the future and by the conversion of our Series 2009 or Series 2011 Preferred Stock.

      Your share ownership may be diluted by the issuance of additional shares of our common stock in the future.  In 1998, we adopted a stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) that provided for the granting of stock options to our directors, executive officers and other employees.  Although the 1998 Plan expired in May, 2008, as of December 31, 2011, 309,180 shares of our common stock are still issuable under options granted in connection with our 1998 Plan.  At our 2009 Annual Meeting of shareholders, a new officer stock option plan was approved providing for 350,000 shares of common stock to be available for issuance under the plan.  As of December 31, 2011, 8,000 shares of our common stock are issuable under options granted in connection with our 2009 Plan.  It is probable that the stock options will be exercised during their respective terms if the fair market value of our common stock exceeds the exercise price of the particular option.  If the stock options are exercised, your share ownership will be diluted.

      In addition, our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, but do not provide for preemptive rights to the holders of our common stock.  Any authorized but unissued shares are available for issuance by our Board of Directors.  As a result, if we issue additional shares of common stock to raise additional capital or for other corporate purposes, you may be unable to maintain your pro rata ownership in Summit Financial Group.

We have also issued 3,710 shares of our Series 2009 Preferred Stock and 12,000 shares of our Series 2011 Preferred Stock.  The conversion of some or all of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 Preferred Stock will dilute the ownership interest of our existing common shareholders.

The market price of the Series 2009 and Series 2011 preferred stock will be directly affected by the market price of our common stock, which may be volatile.

      To the extent that a secondary market for the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock develops, we believe that the market price of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock will be significantly affected by the market price of our common stock.  We cannot predict how the shares of our common stock will trade in the future.  This may result in greater volatility in the market price of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock than would be expected for nonconvertible preferred stock.  The market price of our common stock will likely continue to fluctuate in response to a number of factors including the following, most of which are beyond our control:

§   actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating and financial results;

§   our announcements of developments related to our business;

§   changes in financial estimates and recommendations by financial analysts; 

§   dispositions, acquisitions and financings;

§   actions of our current shareholders, including sales of common stock by existing shareholders and our directors and executive officers;

§   fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of other companies deemed to be peers;

   §     actions by government regulators; and 

§   developments related to the financial services industry.

      Our common share price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance.  General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and the current market price of such stock may not be indicative of future market prices.

Changes in United States tax laws may have a detrimental impact on the after-tax return on investment.

Changes in the tax law or a failure by Congress to extend or make permanent certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code may adversely affect the after-tax return on investment by holders of our preferred stock or common stock.  Specifically, the designation of dividends as qualified dividends currently results in a lower rate of taxation to certain taxpayers, including individuals.  This provision is currently set to expire, and will no longer be available for tax years beginning after December 31, 2010.  We can give no assurances that this provision will be extended or made permanent or that other detrimental changes in current tax law will not be enacted.

20

The conversion rate of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock may not be adjusted for all dilutive events that may adversely affect the market price of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock.

      The number of shares of our common stock that the holders of Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock are entitled to receive upon conversion of a share of their preferred stock is subject to adjustment for certain events arising from increases in cash dividends on our common stock, dividends or distributions in common stock or other property, certain issuances of stock purchase rights, certain self tender offers, subdivisions, splits and combinations of the common stock and certain other actions by us that modify our capital structure.  We will not adjust the conversion rate for other events, including offerings of common stock for cash by us or in connection with acquisitions.  There can be no assurance that an event that adversely affects the value of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock, but does not result in an adjustment to the conversion rate, will not occur.  Further, if any of these other events adversely affects the market price of our common stock, it may also adversely affect the market price of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock.  In addition, we are not restricted from offering common stock in the future or engaging in other transactions that could dilute our common stock.

The conversion of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock will dilute the appreciation of our common stock.

      Although our common stock may appreciate in value, the future conversion of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock will dilute such appreciation.  There is no guarantee that an investor in our common stock will recognize an increase in value after the impact of the conversion of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock despite overall positive performance.

There may be future sales of additional common stock or preferred stock or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock or the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock.

      Our board of directors is authorized to cause us to issue additional classes or series of preferred shares without any action on the part of the shareholders.  The board of directors also has the power, without shareholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred shares that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights and preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends or upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our business and other terms.  If we issue preferred shares in the future that have a preference over the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of the common stock, the rights of holders of the common stock or the market price of the common stock could be adversely affected.

The market price of our common stock or preferred stock, including the Series 2009 and Series 2011 preferred stock, could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market after this offering or the perception that such sales could occur.  The conversion of some or all of the Series 2009 or Series 2011 preferred stock will dilute the ownership interest of our existing common shareholders.  Any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the outstanding shares of our common stock and the Series 2009 and Series 2011 preferred stock.

Holders of our junior subordinated debentures and our subordinated debt have rights that are senior to those of our stockholders.

      We have three statutory business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily redeemable securities (the “capital securities”) for which we are obligated to third party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities in our junior subordinated debentures (the “debentures”).  The debentures held by the trusts are their sole assets.  Our subordinated debentures of these unconsolidated statutory trusts totaled $19,589,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

      Distributions on the capital securities issued by the trusts are payable quarterly at the variable interest rates specified in those certain securities.  The capital securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures.

      Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities of the statutory trusts are conditionally guaranteed by us.  The junior subordinated debentures are senior to our shares of common stock.  As a result, we must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock.  We have the right to defer distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock. In 2011, our total interest payments on these junior subordinated debentures approximated $524,000.  Based on current rates, our quarterly interest payment obligation on our junior subordinated debentures is approximately $130,000.

21

      The capital securities held by our three trust subsidiaries qualify as Tier 1 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines.  In accordance with these guidelines, trust preferred securities generally are limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill.  The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit can be included in Tier 2 capital.

      We have also issued $16.8 million of subordinated debt. In 2008, $10 million of this debt was issued to an unaffiliated financial institution, bears a variable interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points, a term of 7.5 years, and is not prepayable by us within the first two and one half years. During 2009, $5 million was issued to an affiliate of a director of Summit, and $1.0 million and $0.8 million was issued to two unrelated parties.  These 2009 issuances bear an interest rate of 10 percent per annum, a term of 10 years, and are not prepayable by us within the first five years.   Like the junior subordinated debentures, the subordinated debt is senior to our common stock and we must make payments on the subordinated debt before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the subordinated debt must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock.  The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines, until the debt is within 5 years of its maturity; thereafter, the amount qualifying as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20 percent each year until maturity.  Our total interest payments on this subordinated debt in 2011 were approximately $992,000.  Based upon the current rate, our quarterly interest payment obligation on this debt is approximately $245,000.

Holders of our Series 2009 and Series 2011 Preferred Stock have rights senior to those of our common stockholders.

      During fourth quarter 2011, we issued 12,000 shares of our Series 2011 preferred stock in the amount of $5.81 million.  Also, in September 2009, we issued 3,710 shares of our Series 2009 preferred stock in the amount of $3.71 million.  Our Series 2011 and Series 2009 preferred stock has rights and preferences that could adversely affect holders of our common stock.  For example, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our business, the holders of our Series 2011 and Series 2009 preferred stock are entitled to receive distributions out of our available assets before any distributions can be made to holders of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

      Our amended and restated articles of incorporation could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or could otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock.  For example, our amended and restated articles of incorporation contain advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors. We also have a staggered board of directors, which means that only one-third of our Board of Directors can be replaced by stockholders at any annual meeting.

Your shares are not an insured deposit.

      Your investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency.  Your investment is subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

Other

      Additional factors could have a negative effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.  Some of these factors are general economic and financial market conditions, continuing consolidation in the financial services industry, new litigation or changes in existing litigation, regulatory actions, and losses.

22

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.    Properties

Our principal executive office is located at 300 North Main Street, Moorefield, West Virginia in a building owned by Summit Community.  Summit Community’s headquarters and branch locations occupy offices which are either owned or operated under long-term lease arrangements.  At December 31, 2011, Summit Community operated 15 banking offices.  Summit Insurance Services, LLC operates out of the Moorefield, West Virginia and Leesburg, Virginia offices of Summit Community, and also leases a location in Leesburg, Virginia.

	Number of Offices
Office Location	Owned		Leased		Total
Summit Community Bank
Moorefield, West Virginia		1		-		1
Mathias, West Virginia		1		-		1
Franklin, West Virginia		1		-		1
Petersburg, West Virginia		1		-		1
Charleston, West Virginia		2		-		2
Rainelle, West Virginia		1		-		1
Rupert, West Virginia		1		-		1
Winchester, Virginia		1		1		2
Leesburg, Virginia		1		-		1
Harrisonburg, Virginia		1		1		2
Warrenton, Virginia		-		1		1
Martinsburg, West Virginia		1		-		1
Summit Insurance Services, LLC
Leesburg, Virginia		-		1		1

We believe that the premises occupied by us and our subsidiaries generally are well-located and suitably equipped to serve as financial services facilities.  See Notes 7 and 8 of our consolidated financial statements on pages71.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

Information required by this item is set forth under the caption "Litigation" in Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements on page 79.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

23

PART II.

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Dividend and Market Price Information:  Our stock trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SMMF”.  The following table presents cash dividends paid per share and information regarding bid prices per share of Summit's common stock for the periods indicated.  The bid prices presented are based on information reported by NASDAQ, and may reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and not represent actual transactions.

	First		Second		Third		Fourth
	Quarter		Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
2011
Dividends paid	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
High Bid		4.49		4.12		3.99		3.35
Low Bid		3.53		3.05		2.10		2.13
2010
Dividends paid	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
High Bid		4.24		5.00		4.75		5.00
Low Bid		3.67		2.38		2.30		3.51

Historically, we have paid semi-annual dividends on our common stock on the 15th day of June and December, and the record date has been the 1st day of each respective month.  The payment of dividends is subject to the restrictions set forth in the West Virginia Business Corporation Act and the limitations imposed by the Federal Reserve Board.  We are presently restricted from paying dividends on our common shares as discussed in Item 1A. – Risk Factors on page 12 and Item 7. -- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations on page 26, and in Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements on page 80.  Payment of dividends by Summit is primarily dependent upon receipt of dividends from Summit Community.  Under the terms of the Bank MOU, Summit Community may only pay dividends to us if they give 30 days prior notice to the FDIC and the West Virginia Division of Banking and they do not object.

As of February 22, 2012, there were approximately 1,250 shareholders of record of Summit’s common stock.

Purchases of Summit Equity Securities:  We have an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which enables eligible employees to acquire shares of our common stock.  The cost of the ESOP is borne by us through annual contributions to an Employee Stock Ownership Trust in amounts determined by the Board of Directors.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding Summit’s purchase of its common stock under Summit’s ESOP for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (a)		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2011 - October 31, 2011		-	$	-		-		-
November 1, 2011 - November 30, 2011		-		-		-		-
December 1, 2011 - December 31, 2011		14,477		3.23		-		-

(a)  Shares repurchased under the Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

24

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

The following consolidated selected financial data is derived from our audited financial statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2011.  The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report.

	For the Year Ended
	(unless otherwise noted)
Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Summary of Operations
Interest income	$	71,047		$	79,672		$	89,536		$	93,484		$	91,384
Interest expense		31,203			39,520			45,994			49,409			52,317
Net interest income		39,844			40,152			43,542			44,075			39,067
Provision for loan losses		10,000			21,350			20,325			15,500			2,055
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses		29,844			18,802			23,217			28,575			37,012
Noninterest income		5,550			7,739			6,281			3,245			7,717
Noninterest expense		30,285			31,471			32,379			29,811			25,458
Income (loss) before income taxes		5,109			(4,930	)		(2,881	)		2,009			19,271
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,035			(2,955	)		(2,165	)		(291	)		5,734
Income (loss) from continuing operations		4,074			(1,975	)		(716	)		2,300			13,537
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		-			-			-			-			(7,081	)
Net income (loss)		4,074			(1,975	)		(716	)		2,300			6,456
Dividends on preferred shares		371			297			74			-			-
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$	3,703		$	(2,272	)	$	(790	)	$	2,300		$	6,456
Balance Sheet Data (at year end)
Assets	$	1,450,121		$	1,477,570		$	1,584,625		$	1,627,116		$	1,435,536
Securities available for sale		286,599			271,730			271,654			327,606			283,015
Loans		965,516			995,319			1,137,336			1,192,157			1,052,489
Deposits		1,016,500			1,036,939			1,017,338			965,850			828,687
Short-term borrowings		15,956			1,582			49,739			153,100			172,055
Long-term borrowings		270,254			304,109			381,492			382,748			315,738
Shareholders' equity		102,566			89,821			90,660			87,244			89,420
Credit Quality
Net loan charge-offs	$	9,512		$	21,126		$	20,258		$	7,759		$	1,066
Nonperforming assets		116,641			92,235			107,504			56,082			12,391
Allowance for loan losses		17,712			17,224			17,000			16,933			9,192
Per Share Data
Earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic earnings	$	0.50		$	(0.31	)	$	(0.11	)	$	0.31		$	1.87
Diluted earnings		0.49			(0.31	)		(0.11	)		0.31			1.85
Earnings per share from discontinued operations
Basic earnings		-			-			-			-			(0.98	)
Diluted earnings		-			-			-			-			(0.97	)
Earnings per share
Basic earnings		0.50			(0.31	)		(0.11	)		0.31			0.89
Diluted earnings		0.49			(0.31	)		(0.11	)		0.31			0.88
Book value per common share (at year end) (A)		10.68			11.01			11.19			11.77			12.07
Tangible book value per common share (at year end) (A)		9.78			9.90			10.04			10.46			10.70
Cash dividends		-			-			0.06			0.36			0.34
Performance Ratios
Return on average equity		4.55	%		-2.60	%		-0.90	%		2.59	%		7.34	%
Return on average assets		0.28	%		-0.15	%		-0.05	%		0.15	%		0.50	%
Equity to assets		7.1	%		6.1	%		5.7	%		5.4	%		6.2	%
(A) - Assumes conversion of convertible preferred stock

25

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains comments or information that constitute forward looking statements (within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995) that are based on current expectations that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.  Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “should”, “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  The Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995 indicates that the disclosure of forward-looking information is desirable for investors and encourages such disclosure by providing a safe harbor for forward-looking statements by us.  In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, we note that a variety of factors could cause our actual results and experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in those forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in such forward looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially.  Factors that might cause such a difference include changes in interest rates and interest rate relationships; demand for products and services; the degree of competition by traditional and non-traditional competitors; changes in banking laws and regulations; changes in tax laws; the impact of technological advances; the outcomes of contingencies; trends in customer behavior as well as their ability to repay loans; and changes in the national and local economy.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

We are a $1.45 billion community-based financial services company providing a full range of banking and other financial services to individuals and businesses through our two operating segments:  community banking and insurance.  Our community bank, Summit Community Bank, has a total of 15 banking offices located in West Virginia and Virginia.  In addition, we also operate an insurance agency, Summit Insurance Services, LLC with an office in Moorefield, West Virginia which offers both commercial and personal lines of insurance and two offices in Leesburg, Virginia, primarily specializing in group health, life and disability benefit plans.  See Note 17 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for our segment information.  Summit Financial Group, Inc. employs approximately 230 full time equivalent employees.

OVERVIEW

Our primary source of income is net interest income from loans and deposits.  Business volumes tend to be influenced by the overall economic factors including market interest rates, business spending, and consumer confidence, as well as competitive conditions within the marketplace.

Key Items in 2011

·   Net income for 2011 totaled $3,703,000 compared to net loss of $2,272,000 in 2010.  Net income was achieved in 2011 despite charges related to the writedowns of OREO properties to fair value and other than temporary impairments of securities.

·   Our allowance for loan losses totaled 1.80% of total loans at December 31, 2011, compared to 1.70% at December 31, 2010, with our provision for loan losses totaling $10 million in 2011 compared to $21.4 million during 2010.

·   In 2011, nonperforming assets increased by $24.4 million. We continue to manage our problem assets through a combination of asset sales, loan workouts and charge-offs. However, disposition of foreclosed real estate remains difficult to achieve as the return of our real estate markets to normal activity levels has been slow.

·   The impact of foregone net interest income from nonaccruing loans negatively impacted the margin keeping it well below historical margins.

·   During 2011, we reduced wholesale funding to 31% of total assets, compared to 39% a year ago.

·   We issued 12,000 shares of Series 2011 8% Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, representing $5.8 million of new capital.

·   We remained well-capitalized by regulatory capital guidelines at December 31, 2011, with our leverage ratio at its highest level in five years and our total risk-based capital ratio at its highest level in eleven years.

26

OUTLOOK

Summit remains well-capitalized and is adequately reserved.  The Company has adequate liquidity and is positioned to weather the current economic conditions and maintain marginal profitability until conditions improve.  In the short-term, however, Management anticipates the Company will continue to be negatively impacted by loan losses above historical averages, continuing high levels of nonperforming assets, a weak economy, and modest reductions in total assets and revenues.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and follow general practices within the financial services industry.  Application of these principles requires us to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments.  Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

Our most significant accounting policies are presented in the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this financial review, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined.

Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, we have identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill, fair value measurements, and Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) valuations to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

Allowance for loan losses:  The allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on our consolidated balance sheet.  To the extent actual outcomes differ from our estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required that would negatively impact earnings in future periods.  Note 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Asset Quality section of this financial review.

Goodwill:  Goodwill is subject to a two-step impairment test by reporting unit at least annually to determine whether write-downs of the recorded balances are necessary.  During the third quarter, we completed the required annual impairment test for 2011 for each of our reporting units, community banking and insurance services.  The first step (Step 1) of impairment testing requires a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value to identify potential impairment.  If the fair value equals or exceeds the related unit’s carrying value, no write-down of recorded goodwill is necessary.  If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an expense may be required on our books to write down the goodwill to the proper carrying value.  The second step (Step 2) of impairment testing is necessary only if the reporting unit does not pass Step 1.  Step 2 compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of the goodwill for the reporting unit.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as goodwill that is recognized in a business combination.

The fair value, carrying amount and allocated goodwill with regard to each of our reporting units as of September 30, 2011 (date of our most recent goodwill impairment test) were as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Community Banking		Insurance Services
Fair value	$	164,235	$	6,929
Carrying amount		132,845		6,414
Allocated goodwill		1,488		4,710

Neither of our reporting units failed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment tests conducted as of September 30, 2011.  For purposes of these goodwill impairment tests, the following methodologies were utilized and key assumptions were made in determining the fair value of each reporting unit:

27

Community Banking – We performed an internal valuation utilizing the income approach to determine the fair value of our Community Banking reporting unit.  The income approach was based on discounted cash flows derived from assumptions of balances sheet and income statement activity based upon an internally developed forecast considering several long-term key business drivers such as anticipated loan and deposit growth.  The long term growth rate used in determining the terminal value was estimated at 3.5%, and a discount rate of 11% based upon the Capital Asset Pricing Model was applied to the Bank’s estimated future cash flow streams.

Insurance Services – We performed an internal valuation, which was verified by a third party firm, utilizing the income approach to determine the fair value of our Insurance Services reporting unit.  This methodology consisted of discounting the expected future cash flows of this unit based upon a forecast of its operations considering long-term key business drivers such as anticipated commission revenue growth.  The long term growth rate used in determining the terminal value was estimated at 2.5%, and a discount rate of 11% was applied to the Insurance Services unit’s estimated future cash flows.

We cannot assure you that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings. See Note 9 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our intangible assets, which include goodwill.

Fair Value Measurements:  ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements provides a definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, we classify our financial assets and liabilities measured and disclosed at fair value in accordance with the three-level hierarchy (e.g., Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3) established under ASC Topic 820. Fair value determination in accordance with ASC Topic 820 requires that we make a number of significant judgments. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, we use market prices of the same or similar instruments whenever such prices are available. We do not use prices involving distressed sellers in determining fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, then fair value is estimated using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flow analyses. These modeling techniques incorporate our assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance.

       Fair value is used on a recurring basis for certain assets and liabilities in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting. Additionally, fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment or for disclosure purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments.

OREO Valuations: At December 31, 2011, we had OREO totaling $63,938,000, whichis carried on the balance sheet at the lower of the investment in the real estate or its fair value less estimated selling costs.  The fair value of OREO is determined generally utilizing current “as is” appraisals performed by an independent, licensed appraiser applying an income or market value approach using observable market data.  Updated appraisals of OREO are generally obtained if the existing appraisal is more than 18 months old, or more frequently if there is a known deterioration in value.  However, if a current appraisal is not available, the original appraised value is discounted, as appropriate, to compensate for the estimated depreciation in the value of the real estate since the date of its original appraisal.  Such discounts are generally estimated based upon management’s knowledge of sales of similar property within the applicable market area and its knowledge of other real estate market-related data as well as general economic trends.  Upon foreclosure, any fair value adjustment is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred and included in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.

Deferred Income Tax Assets:  At December 31, 2011, we had net deferred tax assets of $11.5 million. Based on our ability to offset the net deferred tax asset against expected future taxable income in carryforward years, there was no impairment of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2011. All available evidence, both positive and negative, was considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, impairment should be recognized. However, our forecast process includes judgmental and quantitative elements that may be subject to significant change. If our forecast of taxable income within the carryback/carryforward periods available under applicable law is not sufficient to cover the amount of net deferred tax assets, such assets may become impaired.

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

We are organized and managed along two major business segments, as described in Note 17 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  The results of each business segment are intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand alone business.  Net income by segment follows:

Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
Community banking	$	4,715		$	(838	)	$	563
Insurance		232			249			248
Parent and other		(1,244	)		(1,683	)		(1,601	)
Consolidated net income	$	3,703		$	(2,272	)	$	(790	)

28

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Earnings Summary

Net income applicable to common shares was $3,703,000 for 2011 compared to a net loss applicable to common shares of $2,272,000 and $790,000 for 2010 and 2009, respectively.  On a per share basis, the income applicable to common shares was $0.49 per diluted share in 2011, compared to a net loss per diluted share of $0.31 and $0.11 per diluted share in 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Return on average equity was 4.55% in 2011 compared to (2.60%) in 2010 and (0.90%) in 2009.  Return on average assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 0.28% compared to (0.15%) and (0.05%) in 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Included in 2011’s net income were $4 million of realized securities gains, which partially offset writedowns of OREO properties to fair value of $6.7 million and other-than-temporary non-cash impairment charges of $2.6 million related to certain residential mortgage-backed securities, which we continue to own.  A summary of the significant factors influencing our results of operations and related ratios is included in the following discussion.

Net Interest Income

The major component of our net earnings is net interest income, which is the excess of interest earned on earning assets over the interest expense incurred on interest bearing sources of funds.  Net interest income is affected by changes in volume, resulting from growth and alterations of the balance sheet's composition, fluctuations in interest rates and maturities of sources and uses of funds.  We seek to maximize net interest income through management of our balance sheet components.  This is accomplished by determining the optimal product mix with respect to yields on assets and costs of funds in light of projected economic conditions, while maintaining portfolio risk at an acceptable level.

Net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis average balance sheet amounts, and corresponding average yields on interest earning assets and costs of interest bearing liabilities for the years 2011, 2010 and 2009 are presented in Table I.  Table II presents, for the periods indicated, the changes in interest income and expense attributable to (a) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior period rate) and (b) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior period volume).  Changes in interest income and expense attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated between the factors in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis totaled $41,369,000, $41,222,000, and $44,840,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, representing an increase of 0.4% in 2011 and a decrease of 8.1% in 2010.  During 2011, the volumes of both interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities declined, but these reductions were more than offset by lower yields on both interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  The 2010 decrease was driven by reductions in interest earning assets, reflecting significantly weak demand for new loans and planned reductions in our balance sheet made to enhance our capital ratios.  Total average earning assets decreased 3.97% to $1,342,905,000 at December 31, 2011 from $1,398,452,000 at December 31, 2010.   Total average interest bearing liabilities decreased 4.18% to $1,281,841,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $1,337,816,000 at December 31, 2010.  As identified in Table II, tax equivalent net interest income increased $147,000 in 2011 and decreased $3,618,000 during 2010.

  Our net interest margin was 3.08% for 2011 compared to 2.95% and 2.96% for 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Our net interest margin increased 13 basis points in 2011 and decreased 1 basis point in 2010.  The continuing low interest rate environment throughout 2011 and 2010 has served to positively impact our net interest margin due to our liability sensitive balance sheet.  During 2011, the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased 52 basis points, which more than offset the 37 basis point decrease in the yield on interest earning assets while the cost of interest bearing funds decreased 27 basis points in 2010, which virtually offset the 24 basis point reduction in the yield on interest earning assets.  Late in third quarter 2010, and into fourth quarter 2010, we reduced or repriced over $100 million of our higher-rate long-term borrowings which has had a favorable impact on our net interest margin by reducing our cost of funds.  See Tables I and II for further details regarding changes in volumes and rates of average assets and liabilities and how those changes affect our net interest income.

Assuming no significant change in market interest rates, we anticipate a relatively stable net interest margin in the near term as we do not expect interest rates to rise in the near future, we do not expect significant growth in our interest earning assets, nor do we expect our nonperforming asset balances to decline significantly in the near future.  We continue to monitor the net interest margin through net interest income simulation to minimize the potential for any significant negative impact.  See the “Market Risk Management” section for further discussion of the impact changes in market interest rates could have on us.  Further analysis of our yields on interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are presented in Tables I and II below.

29

Table I - Average Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity,
Interest Earnings & Expenses, and Average Yields/Rates
	2011			2010			2009
	Average	Earnings/	Yield/	Average	Earnings/	Yield/	Average	Earnings/	Yield/
Dollars in thousands	Balances	Expense	Rate	Balances	Expense	Rate	Balances	Expense	Rate
ASSETS
Interest earning assets
Loans, net of unearned interest (1)
Taxable	$987,315	$58,911	5.97%	$1,082,537	$65,643	6.06%	$1,184,571	$71,405	6.03%
Tax-exempt (2)	5,105	402	7.87%	5,965	476	7.98%	8,045	665	8.27%
Securities
Taxable	252,901	9,106	3.60%	253,529	11,922	4.70%	271,820	15,602	5.74%
Tax-exempt (2)	63,894	4,080	6.39%	40,048	2,670	6.67%	46,740	3,150	6.74%
Federal Funds sold and interest
bearing deposits with other banks	33,690	72	0.21%	16,373	31	0.19%	1,335	13	0.97%
	$1,342,905	$72,571	5.40%	$1,398,452	$80,742	5.77%	$1,512,511	$90,835	6.01%
Noninterest earning assets
Cash and due from banks	4,022			4,267			18,282
Premises and equipment	22,620			23,742			23,646
Other assets	118,408			104,907			60,656
Allowance for loan losses	(18,161)			(19,226)			(18,293)
Total assets	$1,469,794			$1,512,142			$1,596,802
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing demand deposits	$152,552	$391	0.26%	$147,513	$583	0.40%	$154,233	$784	0.51%
Savings deposits	207,226	1,899	0.92%	188,233	2,323	1.23%	112,712	1,774	1.57%
Time deposits	601,925	15,983	2.66%	605,663	18,131	2.99%	632,988	22,407	3.54%
Short-term borrowings	4,238	8	0.19%	16,172	80	0.49%	99,497	573	0.58%
Long-term borrowings and
subordinated debentures	315,900	12,921	4.09%	380,235	18,403	4.84%	429,481	20,457	4.76%
	$1,281,841	$31,202	2.43%	$1,337,816	$39,520	2.95%	$1,428,911	$45,995	3.22%
Noninterest bearing liabilities
Demand deposits	85,247			73,971			71,281
Other liabilities	8,474			9,597			8,666
Total liabilities	1,375,562			1,421,384			1,508,858
Shareholders' equity - preferred	4,738			3,519			3,519
Shareholders' equity - common	89,494			87,239			84,425
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity	$1,469,794			$1,512,142			$1,596,802
Net Interest Earnings		$41,369			$41,222			$44,840
Net Interest Margin			3.08%			2.95%			2.96%
(1) For purposes of this table, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.  Included in interest and fees on loans are loan fees of $573,000,
$534,000, and $890,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.
(2) For purposes of this table, interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted assuming an effective combined Federal and state tax
rate of 34% for all years presented.  The tax equivalent adjustment results in an increase in interest income of $1,525,000, $1,070,000, and $1,298,000,
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

30

Table II - Changes in Interest Margin Attributable to Rate and Volume
	2011 Versus 2010									2010 Versus 2009
	Increase (Decrease)									Increase (Decrease)
	Due to Change in:									Due to Change in:
Dollars in thousands	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
Interest earned on:
Loans
Taxable	$	(5,696	)	$	(1,036	)	$	(6,732	)	$	(6,185	)	$	423		$	(5,762	)
Tax-exempt		(68	)		(6	)	$	(74	)		(167	)		(22	)	$	(189	)
Securities
Taxable		(30	)		(2,786	)	$	(2,816	)		(999	)		(2,681	)	$	(3,680	)
Tax-exempt		1,527			(117	)	$	1,410			(446	)		(34	)	$	(480	)
Federal funds sold and interest
bearing deposits with other banks		37			4			41			36			(18	)		18
Total interest earned on
interest earning assets		(4,230	)		(3,941	)		(8,171	)		(7,761	)		(2,332	)		(10,093	)
Interest paid on:
Interest bearing demand
deposits		19			(211	)		(192	)		(33	)		(168	)		(201	)
Savings deposits		217			(641	)		(424	)		995			(446	)		549
Time deposits		(111	)		(2,037	)		(2,148	)		(934	)		(3,342	)		(4,276	)
Short-term borrowings		(39	)		(33	)		(72	)		(422	)		(71	)		(493	)
Long-term borrowings and
subordinated debentures		(2,862	)		(2,620	)		(5,482	)		(2,379	)		325			(2,054	)
Total interest paid on
interest bearing liabilities		(2,776	)		(5,542	)		(8,318	)		(2,773	)		(3,702	)		(6,475	)
Net interest income	$	(1,454	)	$	1,601		$	147		$	(4,988	)	$	1,370		$	(3,618	)

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income totaled 0.38%, 0.51%, and 0.39%, of average assets in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  Noninterest income totaled $5,550,000 in 2011 compared to $7,739,000 in 2010, and $6,281,000 in 2009, with insurance commissions, service fees from deposit accounts and realized securities gains being the primary positive components and other-than-temporary impairment of securities and writedowns of OREO properties being the largest negative components.  Further detail regarding noninterest income is reflected in the following table.

Table III - Noninterest Income
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
Insurance commissions	$	4,461		$	4,744		$	5,045
Service fees related to deposit accounts		4,125			4,036			4,094
Mortgage origination revenue		208			186			265
Realized securities gains		4,006			2,051			1,497
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		(2,646	)		(988	)		(5,366	)
Gain (loss) on sale of assets		295			142			(112	)
Bank owned life insurance income		846			517			481
Writedown of foreclosed properties		(6,651	)		(3,401	)		-
Other		906			452			377
Total	$	5,550		$	7,739		$	6,281

Insurance commissions:  Insurance commissions have trended downward in 2011 and 2010 due to the continued recessionary economic environment.  Employee benefit related products, the largest line generating our insurance commissions, have been negatively impacted by reductions in staff and benefits by our employer clients, thus reducing the commission that we earn, and also tightening of commission structures paid to us by our insurance carriers.

Other-than-temporary impairment of securities:  During 2011 and 2010, we took other-than-temporary non-cash impairment charges of $2.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, related to certain nongovernment sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities.

Writedown of foreclosed properties:  During 2011 and 2010, we recognized $6.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively, in writedowns of OREO properties to record them at fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Continued volatility in the real estate markets could result in further writedowns of these properties in the foreseeable future.

31

Gains/losses on sales of assets:  These items are primarily a result of sales of foreclosed properties.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense was well controlled in both 2011 and 2010.  These expenses totaled $30,285,000, $31,470,000, and $32,379,000, or 2.1%, 2.1%, and 2.0%, of average assets for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  Total noninterest expense decreased $1,186,000 in 2011 compared to 2010 and decreased $908,000 in 2010 compared to 2009.  Table IV below shows the breakdown of these increases.

Salaries and employee benefits:  Salaries and employee benefits decreased 4.5% during 2010 compared to 2009.  These decreases were primarily attributable to decreased performance-based incentive payments throughout the Company and reduction in staff.

Professional fees:  Professional fees, consisting primarily of legal, accounting, and consulting fees, increased 13.8% during 2011 primarily due to increased fees related to complex collection issues relative to our problem assets.  These fees decreased 28.0% during 2010 compared to 2009 as a result of fewer foreclosures during 2010.  These fees were elevated in 2009 due to more foreclosures during 2009.

FDIC premiums:  The decrease in FDIC premiums during 2011 is a result of the change in the assessment base used in calculating FDIC premiums that became effective during second quarter 2011. The decrease in 2010 was primarily attributable to the one-time special assessment during second quarter 2009.

Foreclosed properties expense:  These expenses increased significantly during 2010 due to the increase in properties that we foreclosed upon during the period and the related expenses of owning those properties, including real property taxes, which accounted for 40% and 46% of total foreclosed properties expenses in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Other:  During 2011, other expenses declined primarily as a result of a refund of Virginia business franchise taxes.  This refund is a result of OREO property taxes paid in Virginia being an allowable offset to taxable capital for business franchise tax calculation purposes.

Table IV - Noninterest Expense
			Change							Change
Dollars in thousands	2011		$			%			2010	$			%			2009
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits	$	15,833	$	183		1.2	%	$	15,650	$	(739	)	-4.5	%	$	16,389
Net occupancy expense		1,935		(75	)	-3.7	%		2,010		(22	)	-1.1	%		2,032
Equipment expense		2,342		(115	)	-4.7	%		2,457		306		14.2	%		2,151
Supplies		324		(157	)	-32.6	%		481		(486	)	-50.3	%		967
Professional fees		1,155		140		13.8	%		1,015		(394	)	-28.0	%		1,409
Advertising		157		9		6.1	%		148		(50	)	-25.3	%		198
Amortization of intangibles		351		-		0.0	%		351		-		0.0	%		351
FDIC premiums		2,423		(447	)	-15.6	%		2,870		(353	)	-11.0	%		3,223
Foreclosed properties expense		1,677		100		6.3	%		1,577		1,099		229.9	%		478
Other		4,088		(824	)	-16.8	%		4,912		(269	)	-5.2	%		5,181
Total	$	30,285	$	(1,186	)	-3.8	%	$	31,471	$	(908	)	-2.8	%	$	32,379

Income Tax Expense/Benefit

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $1,035,000.  Income tax benefit for the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009 totaled ($2,955,000), and ($2,165,000), respectively.   Refer to Note 12 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information and additional discussion of the significant components influencing our effective income tax rates.

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL POSITION

Our average assets decreased during 2011 to $1,469,794,000, a decrease of 2.8% below 2010's average of $1,512,142,000, and our year end December 31, 2011 assets were $27,449,000 less than December 31, 2010.  Average assets decreased 5.3% in 2010, from $1,596,802,000 in 2009.  Significant changes in the components of our balance sheet in 2011 and 2010 are discussed below.

32

Loan Portfolio

Table V depicts gross loan balances by type and the respective percentage of each to total loans at December 31, as follows:

Table V - Loans by Type
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
			Percent					Percent					Percent					Percent					Percent
Dollars in thousands	Amount		of Total			Amount		of Total			Amount		of Total			Amount		of Total			Amount		of Total
Commercial	$	99,101		10.1	%	$	97,261		9.6	%	$	122,508		10.6	%	$	130,106		10.7	%	$	92,599		8.7	%
Commercial real estate		429,531		43.5	%		423,011		41.7	%		465,037		40.2	%		452,264		37.3	%		384,478		36.1	%
Construction and
development		96,013		9.8	%		112,840		11.1	%		162,080		14.1	%		215,465		17.9	%		225,270		21.3	%
Residential mortgage		334,688		34.0	%		352,328		34.7	%		372,867		32.2	%		376,026		31.0	%		322,640		30.3	%
Consumer		22,377		2.3	%		23,886		2.4	%		28,203		2.4	%		31,519		2.6	%		31,956		3.0	%
Other		2,765		0.3	%		4,840		0.5	%		5,652		0.5	%		6,061		0.5	%		6,641		0.6	%
Total loans	$	984,475		100.0	%	$	1,014,166		100.0	%	$	1,156,347		100.0	%	$	1,211,441		100.0	%	$	1,063,584		100.0	%

Total net loans averaged $992,420,000 in 2011 compared to $1,088,502,000 in 2010, which represented nearly 68% and 72% of total average assets for each year, respectively.  We have slowed our loan growth due to the current weakened economic conditions in our market areas and limited availability of new capital resources.

Refer to Note 5 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for our loan maturities and a discussion of our adjustable rate loans as of December 31, 2011.

In the normal course of business, we make various commitments and incur certain contingent liabilities, which are disclosed in Note 14 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements but not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.  There have been no significant changes in these types of commitments and contingent liabilities and we do not anticipate any material losses as a result of these commitments.

Securities

Securities comprised approximately 19.7% of total assets at December 31, 2011 compared to 18.4% at December 31, 2010.  Average securities approximated $316,795,000 for 2011 or 7.9% more than 2010's average of $293,577,000. Refer to Note 4 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for details of amortized cost, the estimated fair values, unrealized gains and losses as well as the security classifications by type.

All of our securities are classified as available for sale to provide us with flexibility to better manage our balance sheet structure and react to asset/liability management issues as they arise.  Pursuant to ASC Topic 320 Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, anytime that we carry a security with an unrealized loss that has been determined to be “other-than-temporary”, we must recognize that loss in income.  During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we took other-than-temporary non-cash impairment charges of $2.6 million, $1.0 million and $5.4 million, respectively, related to certain nongovernment sponsored residential mortgage-backed securities.

At December 31, 2011, we had $1.6 million in unrealized losses related to residential mortgage backed securities issued by nongovernment sponsored entities. We monitor the performance of the mortgages underlying these bonds. Although there has been some deterioration in collateral performance, we hold primarily senior tranches of each issue which provides protection against defaults. We attribute the unrealized loss on these mortgage backed securities largely due to their current absence of liquidity.  We have the ability and intent to hold these investments until their fair value recovers or until maturity. The mortgages in these asset pools have been made to borrowers with acceptable credit history and significant equity invested in their homes. They are well diversified geographically. Nonetheless, significant further weakening of economic fundamentals coupled with significant increases in unemployment and substantial deterioration in the value of high end residential properties could extend distress to this borrower population. This could increase default rates and put additional pressure on property values. Should these conditions occur, the value of these securities could decline further and trigger the recognition of additional other-than-temporary impairment charges.

At December 31, 2011, we did not own securities of any one issuer that were not issued by the U.S. Treasury or a U.S. Government agency that exceeded ten percent of shareholders’ equity.  The maturity distribution of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2011, together with the weighted average yields for each range of maturity, is summarized in Table VI.  The stated average yields are actual yields and are not stated on a tax equivalent basis.

33

Table VI - Securities Maturity Analysis
						After one					After five
	Within					but within					but within					After
	one year					five years					ten years					ten years
(At amortized cost, dollars in thousands)	Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield
U. S. Government agencies
and corporations	$	743		4.6	%	$	-		0.0	%	$	4,705		3.4	%	$	2,814		4.0	%
Residential mortgage backed securities:
Government sponsored agencies		64,696		2.8	%		76,454		3.3	%		7,002		3.7	%		4,663		3.9	%
Nongovernment sponsored entities		8,030		5.5	%		17,995		6.0	%		3,995		6.9	%		5,226		7.3	%
Tax-exempt mortgage backed securities		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		-					3,109		3.8	%
State and political
subdivisions		1,691		6.6	%		3,151		6.9	%		1,845		7.2	%		73,243		5.7	%
Corporate debt securities		-		-			-		-			999		6.0	%		-		-
Other		-		-			-		-			-		-			77		-
Total	$	75,160		3.2	%	$	97,600		3.9	%	$	18,546		4.8	%	$	89,132		5.6	%

Deposits

Total deposits at December 31, 2011 decreased $20,439,000 or 2.0% compared to December 31, 2010.  We have strengthened our focus on growing retail deposits, which is reflected by their continued growth over the past five years, increasing 5.0% in 2011 and 4.0% in 2010.  Brokered deposits, which represent certificates of deposit acquired through a third party, decreased 26.5% to $169,215,000 at December 31, 2011.  These deposits totaled $230,287,000 at December 31, 2010, a decrease of 4.8% from 2009.  During 2011, 2010, and 2009, our focus on increasing retail deposits enabled us to lower our brokered deposits.

Table VII - Deposits
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Noninterest bearing demand	$	88,655	$	74,604	$	74,119	$	69,808	$	65,727
Interest bearing demand		158,483		150,291		148,587		156,990		222,825
Savings		208,809		177,053		188,419		61,689		40,845
Certificates of deposit		353,275		367,040		328,858		347,444		291,294
Individual Retirement Accounts		38,063		37,664		35,541		33,330		31,605
Total retail deposits		847,285		806,652		775,524		669,261		652,296
Brokered deposits		169,215		230,287		241,814		296,589		176,391
Total deposits	$	1,016,500	$	1,036,939	$	1,017,338	$	965,850	$	828,687

See Table I for average deposit balance and rate information by deposit type for 2011, 2010 and 2009 and Note 10 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a maturity distribution of time deposits as of December 31, 2011.

Borrowings

Lines of Credit:  We have remaining available lines of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $137,084,000 at December 31, 2011.  We use these lines primarily to fund loans to customers.  Funds acquired through this program are reflected on the consolidated balance sheet in short-term borrowings or long-term borrowings, depending on the repayment terms of the debt agreement.  We also had $90.1 million available on a short term line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2011, which is primarily secured by consumer loans, construction loans, farmland loans, and commercial and industrial loans.

Short-term Borrowings:  Total short-term borrowings increased $14,374,000 from $1,582,000 at December 31, 2010 to $15,956,000 at December 31, 2011.  This increase was used principally to replace maturing brokered certificates of deposit.  See Note 11 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures regarding our short-term borrowings.

Long-term Borrowings:  Total long-term borrowings of $270,254,000 at December 31, 2011 and $304,109,000 at December 31, 2010 consisted primarily of funds borrowed on available lines of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank and structured reverse repurchase agreements with two unaffiliated institutions.  Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaled $160,325,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $182,375,000 outstanding at December 31, 2010.  We have a term loan with an unrelated financial institution that is secured by the common stock of our subsidiary bank, with an interest rate of prime minus 50 basis points, and matures in 2017.  The outstanding balance of this term loan was $9,929,000 at December 31, 2011 and $11,734,000 at December 31, 2010.  During 2007, we entered into $110 million of structured reverse repurchase agreements, with terms ranging from 5 to 10 years and call features ranging from 2 to 3.5 years in which they are callable by the purchaser.  Long term borrowings were principally used to fund our loan growth.  These structured reverse repurchase agreements totaled $100,000,000 at December 31, 2011.  Refer to Note 11 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our long-term borrowings.

34

Subordinated Debentures:  We have subordinated debt totaling $16.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  Subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 regulatory capital until the debt is within 5 years of maturity, at which time, the qualifying amount is decreased by 20 percent each year until maturity.  During 2009, we issued $6.8 million in subordinated debt, of which $5 million was issued to an affiliate of a director of Summit.  We also issued $1.0 million and $0.8 million to two unrelated parties.  These three issuances bear an interest rate of 10 percent per annum, have a term of 10 years, and are not prepayable by us within the first five years.  During 2008, $10 million of subordinated debt was issued to an unrelated institution, which bears a variable interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points, has a term of 7.5 years.

ASSET QUALITY

Due to continued recessionary economic conditions, borrowers have in many cases been unable to refinance their loans due to a range of factors including declining property values.  As a result, we have experienced higher delinquencies and nonperforming assets, particularly with regard to our construction & development, residential real estate, and commercial real estate loan portfolios.  It is not known when the housing market will stabilize.  Management anticipates loan delinquencies will remain higher than historical levels in the near term, and we anticipate that nonperforming assets will remain elevated for the foreseeable future.

Table VIII presents a summary of non-performing assets at December 31, as follows:

Table VIII - Nonperforming Assets
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:
Commercial	$	-		$	-		$	23		$	-		$	702
Commercial real estate		-			-			-			-			2,821
Commercial construction & development		-			-			-			1,015			-
Residential construction & development		344			-			-			-			1,919
Residential real estate		-			1,442			156			2			1,765
Consumer		-			-			20			22			209
Other		-			-			2			-			-
Total 90+ days past due		344			1,442			201			1,039			7,416
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial		3,260			1,318			408			198			14
Commercial real estate		7,163			2,686			35,217			24,323			1,524
Commercial construction & development		1,052			-			11,553			-			-
Residential construction & development		22,289			10,049			14,775			17,368			98
Residential real estate		18,187			6,075			4,407			4,983			1,247
Consumer		145			141			381			58			34
Total nonaccrual loans		52,096			20,269			66,741			46,930			2,917
Foreclosed properties:
Commercial		-			597			-			-			-
Commercial real estate		15,721			14,745			4,788			875			430
Commercial construction & development		17,101			17,021			2,028			180			525
Residential construction & development		27,877			34,377			30,230			6,575			391
Residential real estate		3,239			3,495			3,247			480			712
Consumer		-			-			-			-			-
Total foreclosed properties		63,938			70,235			40,293			8,110			2,058
Repossessed assets		263			289			269			3			-
Total nonperforming assets	$	116,641		$	92,235		$	107,504		$	56,082		$	12,391
Total nonperforming loans as a
percentage of total loans		5.33	%		2.14	%		5.79	%		3.97	%		0.97	%
Total nonperforming assets as a
percentage of total assets		8.04	%		6.24	%		6.78	%		3.45	%		0.86	%

35

The following table details our most significant nonperforming loan relationships at December 31, 2011.

Table IX - Significant Nonperforming Loan Relationships
December 31, 2011
Dollars in thousands
Location	Underlying Collateral	Loan Origination Date	Loan Nonaccrual Date	Loan Balance		Method Used to Measure Impairment	Most Recent Appraised Value				Amount Allocated to Allowance for Loan Losses		Amount Previously Charged-off
Rockingham Co., VA	Residential subdivision	Nov. 2007 & Dec. 2009	Mar. 2009 & Apr. 2011	$	1,994	Collateral value	$	2,223	(1	)	$	-	$	904
Hardy Co., WV	Residential subdivision & residential building lots	Apr. 2008	Dec. 2011	$	1,302	Collateral value	$	1,827	(1	)	$	389	$	-
Rockingham Co., VA	Residential subdivision	Jun. 2009	Nov. 2011	$	1,600	Collateral value	$	1,668	(1	)	$	99	$	714
Shenandoah Co. , VA	Residential subdivision	Sept. 2005	Dec. 2011	$	1,931	Collateral value	$	1,451	(1	)	$	625	$	-
Rockingham Co., VA	Convenience store	Apr. 2004	Mar. 2011	$	1,011	Collateral value	$	2,200	(1	)	$	-	$	-
Shenandoah Co., & Frederick Co., VA	Residential building lots	Aug. 2004, July 2005, & July 2007	Jun. 2011	$	2,137	Collateral value	$	2,020	(1	)	$	381	$	-
Faquier Co., VA	Single family residence & business investment	Aug. 2007, Oct. 2007 & Sept. 2008	Dec. 2011	$	12,621	Collateral value	$	16,714	(1	)	$	-	$	-
Frederick Co., VA	Single family residence	Sept. 2010	Jun. 2011	$	1,345	Collateral value	$	1,350	(1	)	$	130	$	100
Frederick Co., VA	Mini Storage facility	Mar. 2010	Jun. 2011	$	1,752	Collateral value	$	1,791	(1	)	$	140	$	-
Jefferson Co., WV	Residential development & undeveloped acreage	Mar. 2008 & June 2008	Jun. 2011	$	8,378	Collateral value	$	9,666	(1	)	$	771	$	-
Rockingham Co., VA	Residential subdivision & 2 single family residential building lots	Jun. 2008	Sept. 2011	$	2,166	Collateral value	$	1,792	(1	)	$	534	$	-
Kanawha Co., WV	UCC business assets & residential subdivision	Feb. 2003, Mar. 2008 & Apr. 2008	May 2011 & Jul. 2011	$	1,246	Collateral value	$	1,653	(2	)	$	31	$	-
(1) - Values are based upon recent external appraisal.
(2) - Value is based upon current appraisal on the real estate and most recent estimate on business assets.

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $4.1 million of performing loans which we have identified as potential problem loans.  Known information about possible credit problems of the related borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the current loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans as nonperforming at some time in the future.  Management cannot predict the extent to which economic conditions may worsen or other factors which may impact borrowers and the potential problem loans.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that other loans will not become 90 days or more past due, be placed on nonaccrual, or require increased allowance coverage and provision for loan losses.

Refer to Note 5, Loans, for information regarding our past due loans.

We monitor our concentrations in higher-risk lending areas in accordance with the Interagency Guidance for Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending issued in 2006. This guidance establishes concentration guidelines of 100% of Tier 1 Capital plus the allowance for loan and lease loss for lending in construction, land development, and other land loans. It further establishes a guideline of 300% of Tier 1 Capital plus the allowance for loan and lease loss for lending in construction, land development and other land loans plus loans secured by non-owner occupied non-farm non-residential properties. As of December 31, 2011, Summit Community Bank was within the recommended limits of 100% and 300%, respectively.

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate to provide for estimated probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The allowance is comprised of three distinct reserve components:  (1) specific reserves related to loans individually evaluated, (2) quantitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated, and (3) qualitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated.  A summary of the methodology we employ on a quarterly basis with respect to each of these components in order to evaluate the overall adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is as follows:

36

Specific Reserve for Loans Individually Evaluated

First, we identify loan relationships having aggregate balances in excess of $500,000 and that may also have credit weaknesses.  Such loan relationships are identified primarily through our analysis of internal loan evaluations, past due loan reports, and loans adversely classified by regulatory authorities.  Each loan so identified is then individually evaluated to determine whether it is impaired – that is, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the underlying loan agreement.  Substantially all of our impaired loans are and historically have been collateral dependent, meaning repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely from the sale of the loan’s underlying collateral.  For such loans, we measure impairment based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral, which is generally determined utilizing current appraisals.  A specific reserve is established in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the recorded investment in each impaired loan over the fair value of its underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell. Our policy is to re-evaluate the fair value of collateral dependent loans at least every twelve months unless there is a known deterioration in the collateral’s value, in which case a new appraisal is obtained.

Quantitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

Second, we stratify the loan portfolio into the following ten loan pools:  land and land development, construction, commercial, commercial real estate -- owner-occupied, commercial real estate -- non-owner occupied, conventional residential mortgage, jumbo residential mortgage, home equity, consumer, and other.  Loans within each pool are then further segmented between (1) loans which were individually evaluated for impairment and not deemed to be impaired, (2) larger-balance loan relationships exceeding $2 million which are assigned an internal risk rating in conjunction with our normal ongoing loan review procedures and (3) smaller-balance homogenous loans.

Quantitative reserves relative to each loan pool are established as follows:  for all loan segments detailed above an allocation equaling 100% of the respective pool’s average 12 month historical net loan charge-off rate (determined based upon the most recent twelve quarters) is applied to the aggregate recorded investment in the pool of loans.

Qualitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

Third, we consider the necessity to adjust our average historical net loan charge-off rates relative to each of the above ten loan pools for potential risks factors that could result in actual losses deviating from prior loss experience.  For example, if we observe a significant increase in delinquencies within the conventional mortgage loan pool above historical trends, an additional allocation to the average historical loan charge-off rate is applied.  Such qualitative risk factors considered are:  (1) levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans, (2) levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, (3) trends in volume and term of loans, (4) effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practice, (5) experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, (6) national and local economic trends and conditions, (7) industry conditions, and (8) effects of changes in credit concentrations.

Fluctuations in Components of the Allowance

Over the past year the components of the allowance have remained consistent. The specific reserve for loans individually evaluated for impairment was $4,746,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $4,875,000 at December 31, 2010.

The FAS 5 (ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies) or pool reserve totaled $12,966,000 as of December 31, 2011 compared to $12,349,000 as of December 31, 2010.

Relationship between Allowance for Loan Losses, Net Charge-offs and Nonperforming Loans

In analyzing the relationship between the allowance for loan losses, net loan charge-offs and nonperforming loans, it is helpful to understand the process of how loans are treated as they deteriorate over time. Reserves for loans are established at origination through the quantitative and qualitative reserve process discussed above.

Charge-offs, if necessary, are typically recognized in a period after the reserves were established. If the previously established reserves exceed that needed to satisfactorily resolve the problem credit, a reduction in the overall level of the reserve could be recognized. In summary, if loan quality deteriorates, the typical credit sequence is periods of reserve building, followed by periods of higher net charge-offs.

Consumer loans are generally charged off to the allowance for loan losses upon reaching specified stages of delinquency, in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council policy.  For example, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier.  Residential mortgage loans are generally charged off to net realizable value no later than when the account becomes 180 days past due.  Other consumer loans, if collateralized, are generally charged off to net realizable value at 120 days past due.

37

Commercial-related loans (which are risk-rated) are charged off to the allowance for loan losses when the loss has been confirmed. This determination includes many factors, including the prioritization of our claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan and valuation of the borrower’s equity.

Substantially all of our nonperforming loans are secured by real estate. The substantial majority of these loans were underwritten in accordance with our loan-to-value policy guidelines which range from 70-85% at the time of origination. Although property values have deteriorated across our market areas, the fair values of the underlying collateral value remains in excess of the recorded investment in many of our nonperforming loans, and therefore, no specific reserve allocation is required; as of December 31, 2011, approximately 61% of our impaired loans required no reserves or have been charged down to their fair value. Accordingly, our allowance for loan losses has not increased proportionately as our nonperforming loans have increased. The allowance for loan loss will, however, increase as a result of an increase in net loan charge-offs due to the incremental higher historical net charge-off rate applied to the loans which are collectively evaluated for impairment.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our allowance for loan losses totaled $17,712,000, or 1.80% of total loans and $17,224,000, or 1.70% of total loans, respectively, and is considered adequate to cover our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio.  Table XI presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan type at each respective year end date, as follows:

Table XI - Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
Dollars in thousands	Amount		% of loans in each category to total loans			Amount		% of loans in each category to total loans			Amount		% of loans in each category to total loans			Amount		% of loans in each category to total loans			Amount		% of loans in each category to total loans
Commercial	$	770		10.1	%	$	323		9.6	%	$	401		10.6	%	$	546		10.7	%	$	543		8.7	%
Commercial real estate		4,618		43.6	%		4,049		41.7	%		3,938		40.2	%		4,705		37.4	%		3,254		36.1	%
Construction and development		7,381		9.8	%		8,182		11.1	%		8,747		14.0	%		7,536		17.8	%		2,668		21.2	%
Residential real estate		4,749		34.0	%		4,376		34.7	%		3,626		32.3	%		3,458		31.0	%		1,991		30.4	%
Consumer		161		2.3	%		263		2.4	%		249		2.4	%		427		2.6	%		451		3.0	%
Other		33		0.2	%		31		0.5	%		39		0.5	%		261		0.5	%		285		0.6	%
Unallocated		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		-		-			-		-
	$	17,712		100.0	%	$	17,224		100.0	%	$	17,000		100.0	%	$	16,933		100.0	%	$	9,192		100.0	%

A reconciliation of the activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:

Table XII - Allowance for Loan Losses
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Balance, beginning of year	$	17,224	$	17,000	$	16,933	$	9,192	$	7,511
Losses:
Commercial		506		601		479		198		50
Commercial real estate		586		9,239		469		1,131		154
Construction and development		3,568		7,937		16,946		4,529		80
Residential real estate		5,035		3,836		3,921		1,608		618
Consumer		162		279		214		375		216
Other		86		233		231		203		160
Total		9,943		22,125		22,260		8,044		1,278
Recoveries:
Commercial		35		38		129		4		2
Commercial real estate		92		273		23		17		13
Construction and development		43		331		1,615		-		20
Residential real estate		98		164		29		64		15
Consumer		112		87		90		72		58
Other		51		106		116		128		104
Total		431		999		2,002		285		212
Net losses		9,512		21,126		20,258		7,759		1,066
Provision for loan losses		10,000		21,350		20,325		15,500		2,055
Reclassification of reserves related to loans
previously reflected in discontinued operations		-		-		-		-		692
Balance, end of year	$	17,712	$	17,224	$	17,000	$	16,933	$	9,192

38

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $63,938,000 and $69,638,000, respectively, in other real estate owned which was obtained as the result of foreclosure proceedings.  Although foreclosed property is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell, the prices ultimately realized upon their sale may or may not result in us recognizing loss.

 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Bank Liquidity:  Liquidity reflects our ability to ensure the availability of adequate funds to meet loan commitments and deposit withdrawals, as well as provide for other transactional requirements.  Liquidity is provided primarily by funds invested in cash and due from banks (net of float and reserves), Federal funds sold, non-pledged securities, and available lines of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank, which totaled approximately $196,111,000 or 13.5% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2011.

Our liquidity strategy is to fund loan growth with deposits and other borrowed funds while maintaining an adequate level of short- and medium-term investments to meet normal daily loan and deposit activity.  Core deposits increased $40.6 million in 2011, while loans decreased approximately $29 million.  This allowed us to pay down long term FHLB borrowings, and to reduce our brokered certificates of deposit by not renewing them at maturity.  As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we have access to approximately $312 million.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these advances totaled approximately $160 million and $182 million, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, we had additional borrowing capacity of $137 million through FHLB programs.  We have established a line with the Federal Reserve Bank to be used as a contingency liquidity vehicle.  The amount available on this line at December 31, 2011 was approximately $90 million, which is secured by a pledge of our consumer and commercial and industrial loan portfolios.  Also, we classify all of our securities as available for sale to enable us to liquidate them if the need arises.

Liquidity risk represents the risk of loss due to the possibility that funds may not be available to satisfy current or future commitments based on external market issues, customer or creditor perception of financial strength, and events unrelated to Summit such as war, terrorism, or financial institution market specific issues.  The Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), comprised of members of senior management and certain members of the Board of Directors, oversees our liquidity risk management process.   The ALCO develops and recommends policies and limits governing our liquidity to the Board of Directors for approval with the objective of ensuring that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations, as well as maintain sufficient levels of on-hand liquidity, under both normal and “stressed” circumstances.

One aspect of our liquidity management process is establishing contingency liquidity funding plans under various scenarios in order to prepare for unexpected liquidity shortages or events.  The following represents three “stressed” liquidity circumstances and our related contingency plans with respect to each.

Scenario 1 – Summit Community’s capital status becomes less than “well capitalized”.  Banks which are less than “well capitalized” in accordance with regulatory capital guidelines are prohibited from issuing new brokered deposits without first obtaining a waiver from the FDIC to do so.  In the event Summit Community’s capital status were to fall below well capitalized and was not successful in obtaining the FDIC’s waiver to issue new brokered deposits, Summit Community:

·   Would have limited amounts of maturing brokered deposits to replace in the short-term, as we have limited our brokered deposits maturing in any one quarter to no more than $50 million.

·   Presently has $286 million in available sources of liquid funds which could be drawn upon to fund maturing brokered deposits until Summit Community had restored its capital to well capitalized status.

·   Would first seek to restore its capital to well capitalized status through capital contributions from Summit, its parent holding company.  Summit has present cash reserves in excess of $8 million available for capital infusion into Summit Community.

·   Would generally have no more than $100 million in brokered deposits maturing in any one year time frame, which is well within its presently available sources of liquid funds, if in the event Summit does not have the capital resources to restore Summit Community’s capital to well capitalized status.  One year would give Summit Community ample time to raise alternative funds either through retail deposits or the sale of assets, and obtain capital resources to restore it to well capitalized status.

Scenario 2 – Summit Community’s credit quality deteriorates such that the FHLB restricts further advances.  If in the event that the Bank’s credit quality deteriorated to the point that further advances under its line with the FHLB were restricted, Summit Community:

·   Would severely curtail lending and other growth activities until such time as access to this line could be restored, thus eliminating the need for net new advances.

·   Would still have available current liquid funding sources totaling $141 million aside from its FHLB line and,

·   In addition, would have available currently almost $74 million unpledged government agency securities (debentures and mortgage backed securities) that are available for use in repurchase arrangements with institutional broker and would result in a funding source of at least $60 million to meet unforeseen liquidity needs.

39

Scenario 3 – A competitive financial institution offers a retail deposit program at interest rates significantly above current market rates in the Summit Community’s market areas.  If a competitive financial institution offered a retail deposit program at rates well in excess of current market rates in the Summit Community’s market area, the Bank:

·   Presently has $286 million in available sources of liquid funds which could be drawn upon immediately to fund any “net run off” of deposits from this activity.

·   Would severely curtail lending and other growth activities so as to preserve the availability of as much contingency funds as possible.

·   Would begin offering its own competitive deposit program when deemed prudent so as to restore the retail deposits lost to the competition.

We continuously monitor our liquidity position to ensure that day-to-day as well as anticipated funding needs are met.  We are not aware of any trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that have resulted in or are reasonably likely to result in a material change to our liquidity.

Growth and Expansion:  During 2011, we spent approximately $0.4 million on capital expenditures for premises and equipment.  We expect our capital expenditures to approximate $0.5 million in 2012, primarily for equipment upgrades.

Management anticipates that the Company’s near term level of assets will remain stable or even decline slightly in comparison with that of recent prior years due to the present recessionary economic environment.

Capital Compliance:  Our capital position has significantly improved.  This is primarily attributable to an increase in retained earnings due to our return to profitability in 2011, a decline in total assets, and various capital raises over the past three years.  Stated as a percentage of total assets, our equity ratio was 7.1% and 6.1% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, we had Tier 1 risk-based, Total risk-based and Tier 1 leverage capital in excess of the minimum levels required to be considered “well capitalized” of $47.3 million, $31.5 million, and $37.5 million, respectively.  Our subsidiary bank, Summit Community Bank, had Tier 1 risk-based, Total risk-based and Tier 1 leverage capital in excess of the minimum “well capitalized” levels of $66.4 million, $37.8 million, and $56.6 million, respectively.  We intend to maintain both Summit’s and its subsidiary bank’s capital ratios at levels that would be considered to be “well capitalized” in accordance with regulatory capital guidelines.  See Note 16 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our regulatory capital.

During 2009, we issued $6.8 million in subordinated debentures, of which $5 million was issued to an affiliate of a director of Summit.  We also issued $1.0 million and $0.8 million to two unrelated parties.  These three issuances bear an interest rate of 10 percent per annum, have a term of 10 years, and are not prepayable by us within the first five years.  During 2008, we issued $10 million of subordinated debentures.  This debt has an interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points, a term of 7.5 years, and is not prepayable by us within the first two and a half years.  These subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 2 capital until they are within 5 years of maturity, thereafter the amount qualifying as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20 percent each year until maturity.

On September 30, 2009, we issued $3.7 million of 8% non-cumulative convertible preferred stock and during fourth quarter 2011, we issued an additional $5.8 million of 8% non-cumulative convertible preferred stock.

Issuance of Trust Preferred Securities:  Under Federal Reserve Board guidelines, we had the ability to issue an additional $11.7 million of trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2011 that would qualify as Tier 1 regulatory capital to support our future growth.  Trust preferred securities issuances in excess of this limit generally may be included in Tier 2 capital.

Dividends:  There were no cash dividends paid on common shares in 2011 or 2010. Future cash dividends will depend on the earnings, and financial condition of our subsidiary bank and our capital adequacy as well as general economic conditions.  As discussed below under Regulatory Matters, we are presently restricted from paying cash dividends on our common stock.

The primary source of funds for the dividends paid to our shareholders is dividends received from our subsidiary bank.  Dividends paid by our subsidiary bank are subject to restrictions by banking law and regulations and require approval by the bank’s regulatory agency if dividends declared in any year exceed the bank’s current year's net income, as defined, plus its retained net profits of the two preceding years.  Presently, as a result of the current bank MOU, the bank is required to give 30 days prior written notice of its intent to pay any cash dividends to its regulatory authorities to give regulatory authorities an opportunity to object.

Regulatory Matters:  Summit and the Bank have entered into informal Memoranda of Understanding (“MOU’s”) with their respective regulatory authorities.  A memorandum of understanding is characterized by the regulatory authorities as an informal action that is not published or publicly available and that is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or order.  Among other things, under the MOU’s, Summit’s management team has agreed to:

40

·   The Bank achieving and maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 11%;

·   The Bank providing 30 days prior notice of any declaration of intent to pay cash dividends to provide the Bank’s regulatory authorities an opportunity to object;

·   Summit suspending all cash dividends on its common stock until further notice.  Dividends on all preferred stock, as well as interest payments on subordinated notes underlying Summit’s trust preferred securities, continue to be permissible; and,

·   Summit not incurring any additional debt, other than trade payables, without the prior written consent of the principal banking regulators.

The Bank MOU was amended effective February 1, 2011, to include additional requirements that management:

·   Review overall liquidity objectives and develop and submit to regulatory authorities plans and procedures aimed to improve liquidity and reduce reliance on volatile liabilities; and

·   Perform a risk segmentation analysis of concentrations of credit and develop plan to reduce any segment of the portfolio which regulatory authorities deem to be an undue concentration of credit.

Management presently believes Summit and the Bank are in compliance with all provisions of the MOUs.

Contractual Cash Obligations:  During our normal course of business, we incur contractual cash obligations.  The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2011.

Table XIII - Contractual Cash Obligations
Dollars in thousands	Long Term Debt and Subordinated Debentures		Operating Leases
2012	$	67,437	$	243
2013		41,898		235
2014		83,429		175
2015		11,909		21
2016		1,911		-
Thereafter		100,059		-
Total	$	306,643	$	674

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements:  We are involved with some off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have an effect on our financial condition, liquidity, or capital.  These arrangements at December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table.  Refer to Note 14 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our off-balance sheet arrangements.

Table XIV - Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Dollars in thousands
Commitments to extend credit
Revolving home equity and
credit card lines	$	45,660
Construction loans		11,893
Other loans		33,139
Standby letters of credit		1,489
Total	$	92,181

41

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates and equity prices.  Interest rate risk is our primary market risk and results from timing differences in the repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, changes in relationships between rate indices and the potential exercise of embedded options.  The principal objective of asset/liability management is to minimize interest rate risk and our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”).  The ALCO is comprised of members of senior management and members of the Board of Directors.  The ALCO actively formulates the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting process and establishes policies which control and monitor our sources, uses and prices of funds.

Some amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate to the banking business.  Our net income is affected by changes in the absolute level of interest rates.  At December 31, 2011, our interest rate risk position was liability sensitive.   That is, liabilities are likely to reprice faster than assets, resulting in a decrease in net interest income in a rising rate environment, while a falling interest rate environment would produce an increase in net interest income.  Net interest income is also subject to changes in the shape of the yield curve.  In general, a flat yield curve results in a decline in our earnings due to the compression of earning asset yields and funding rates, while a steepening would result in increased earnings as margins widen.

Several techniques are available to monitor and control the level of interest rate risk.  We primarily use earnings simulations modeling to monitor interest rate risk.  The earnings simulation model forecasts the effects on net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios that incorporate changes in the absolute level of interest rates and changes in the shape of the yield curve.  Each increase or decrease in rates is assumed to gradually take place over a 12 month period, and then remain stable, except for the up 400 scenario, which assumes a gradual increase in rates over 24 months.  Assumptions used to project yields and rates for new loans and deposits are derived from historical analysis.  Securities portfolio maturities and prepayments are reinvested in like instruments.  Mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are developed from industry estimates of prepayment speeds.  Noncontractual deposit repricings are modeled on historical patterns.

The following table presents the estimated sensitivity of our net interest income to changes in interest rates, as measured by our earnings simulation model as of December 31, 2011.  The sensitivity is measured as a percentage change in net interest income given the stated changes in interest rates (gradual change over 12 months, stable thereafter for the up and down 100 and the up 200 scenarios, and gradual change over 24 months for the up 400 scenario) compared to net interest income with rates unchanged in the same period.  The estimated changes set forth below are dependent on the assumptions discussed above and are well within our ALCO policy limit, which is a 10% reduction in net interest income over the ensuing twelve month period.

Change in	Estimated % Change in Net
Interest Rates	Interest Income Over:
basis points	0 - 12 Months	13 - 24 Months
Down 100 (1)	1.42%	7.17%
Up 100 (1)	-2.14%	0.10%
Up 200 (1)	-4.29%	-2.81%
Up 400 (2)	-4.29%	-4.03%
(1)  assumes a parallel shift in the yield curve over 12 months
(2)  assumes a parallel shift in the yield curve over 24 months

42

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Summit Financial Group, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

We, as management of Summit Financial Group, Inc., are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and in conformity with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council instructions for consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (call report instructions).  The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits.  Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified.  Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.  Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

The Audit Committee, consisting entirely of independent directors, meets regularly with management, internal auditors and the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviews audit plans and results, as well as management’s actions taken in discharging responsibilities for accounting, financial reporting, and internal control.  Arnett & Foster, P.L.L.C., independent registered public accounting firm, and the internal auditors have direct and confidential access to the Audit Committee at all times to discuss the results of their examinations.

Management assessed the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.  In making this assessment, we used the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission(COSO).  Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Arnett & Foster, P.L.L.C., independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management is also responsible for compliance with the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions and federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders designated by the FDIC as safety and soundness laws and regulations.

/s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                                                                /s/ Robert S. Tissue                                                     /s/ Julie R. Cook

PresidentandSenior Vice President                      Vice President

Chief Executive Officer                                                              and Chief Financial Officer                                          and Chief Accounting Officer

Moorefield, West Virginia

March 1, 2012

43

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON EFFECTIVENESS OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

Summit Financial Group, Inc.

Moorefield, West Virginia

We have audited Summit Financial Group, Inc.’s and subsidiaries internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Summit Financial Group, Inc.’s and subsidiaries management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards required that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based upon the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the financial statements of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and our report, dated March 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion.

Charleston, West Virginia

March 1, 2012

44

Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

Summit Financial Group, Inc.

Moorefield, West Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),  Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Summit Financial Group Inc’s internal control over financial reporting.

Charleston, West Virginia

March 1, 2012

45

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	4,398	$	4,652
Interest bearing deposits with other banks		28,294		45,696
Securities available for sale		286,599		271,730
Other investments		19,146		22,941
Loan held for sale, net		-		343
Loans, net		965,516		995,319
Property held for sale		63,938		69,638
Premises and equipment, net		22,084		23,092
Accrued interest receivable		5,784		5,879
Intangible assets		8,651		9,002
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		29,284		13,458
Other assets		16,427		15,820
Total assets	$	1,450,121	$	1,477,570
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Deposits
Non-interest bearing	$	88,655	$	74,604
Interest bearing		927,845		962,335
Total deposits		1,016,500		1,036,939
Short-term borrowings		15,956		1,582
Long-term borrowings		270,254		304,109
Subordinated debentures		16,800		16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts		19,589		19,589
Other liabilities		8,456		8,730
Total liabilities		1,347,555		1,387,749
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock and related surplus, $1.00 par value; authorized 250,000 shares:
Series 2009, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; issued 3,710 shares		3,519		3,519
Series 2011, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; 2011 - 12,000 shares issued		5,807		-
Common stock and related surplus, $2.50 par value; authorized 20,000,000
shares; issued 7,425,472 shares		24,518		24,508
Retained earnings		64,904		61,201
Accumulated other comprehensive income		3,818		593
Total shareholders' equity		102,566		89,821
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	1,450,121	$	1,477,570

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

46

Consolidated Statements of Income

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts)	2011			2010			2009
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans
Taxable	$	58,910		$	65,643		$	71,405
Tax-exempt		265			314			439
Interest and dividends on securities
Taxable		9,105			11,922			15,601
Tax-exempt		2,694			1,762			2,079
Interest on interest bearing deposits with other banks		72			31			12
Total interest income		71,046			79,672			89,536
Interest expense
Interest on deposits		18,273			21,036			24,951
Interest on short-term borrowings		7			80			573
Interest on long-term borrowings and subordinated debentures		12,922			18,404			20,470
Total interest expense		31,202			39,520			45,994
Net interest income		39,844			40,152			43,542
Provision for loan losses		10,000			21,350			20,325
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		29,844			18,802			23,217
Noninterest income
Insurance commissions		4,461			4,744			5,045
Service fees related to deposit accounts		4,125			4,036			3,996
Realized securities gains		4,006			2,051			1,497
Gain (loss) on sale of assets		295			142			(112	)
Write-down of foreclosed properties		(6,651	)		(3,401	)		-
Bank owned life insurance income		846			517			481
Other		1,114			638			740
Total other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities		(6,279	)		(1,816	)		(5,892	)
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income		3,633			828			526
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings		(2,646	)		(988	)		(5,366	)
Total noninterest income		5,550			7,739			6,281
Noninterest expenses
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits		15,833			15,650			16,389
Net occupancy expense		1,935			2,010			2,032
Equipment expense		2,342			2,457			2,151
Professional fees		1,155			1,015			1,409
Amortization of intangibles		351			351			351
FDIC premiums		2,423			2,870			3,223
Foreclosed properties expense		1,677			1,577			478
Other		4,569			5,541			6,346
Total noninterest expenses		30,285			31,471			32,379
Income (loss) before income tax expense		5,109			(4,930	)		(2,881	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,035			(2,955	)		(2,165	)
Net income (loss)		4,074			(1,975	)		(716	)
Dividends on preferred shares		371			297			74
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$	3,703		$	(2,272	)	$	(790	)
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.50		$	(0.31	)	$	(0.11	)
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.49		$	(0.31	)	$	(0.11	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

47

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

	Series 2009		Series 2011
	Preferred		Preferred		Common					Accumulated
	Stock and		Stock and		Stock and					Other			Total
	Related		Related		Related		Retained			Comprehensive			Shareholders'
Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts)	Surplus		Surplus		Surplus		Earnings			Income (Loss)			Equity
Balance, December 31, 2008	$	-	$	-	$	24,453	$	64,709		$	(1,918	)	$	87,244
Comprehensive income:
Net loss		-		-		-		(716	)		-			(716	)
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary
impairment on debt securities of $526, net of
deferred tax benefit of $195		-		-		-		-			(326	)		(326	)
Net unrealized loss on securities of $2,263, net of deferred
tax benefit of $860 and reclassification adjustment for gains
included in net income of $1,497		-		-		-		-			1,403			1,403
Total comprehensive income														361
Exercise of stock options		-		-		55		-			-			55
Issuance of 3,710 shares of Series 2009 Preferred Stock		3,519		-		-		-			-			3,519
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared ($20.00 per share)		-		-		-		(74	)		-			(74	)
Common stock cash dividends declared ($0.06 per share)		-		-		-		(445	)		-			(445	)
Balance, December 31, 2009		3,519		-		24,508		63,474			(841	)		90,660
Comprehensive income:
Net loss		-		-		-		(1,975	)		-			(1,975	)
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary
impairment on debt securities of $828, net of
deferred tax benefit of $315		-		-		-		-			(513	)		(513	)
Net unrealized loss on securities of $3,140, net of deferred														-
tax benefit of $1,193 and reclassification adjustment for gains
included in net income of $2,051		-		-		-		-			1,947			1,947
Total comprehensive income														(541	)
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared ($80.00 per share)		-		-		-		(297	)		-			(297	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		3,519		-		24,508		61,201			593			89,821
Comprehensive income:
Net income		-		-		-		4,074			-			4,074
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary
impairment on available for sale debt securities
of $3,633, net of deferred taxes of $1,381		-		-		-		-			(2,252	)		(2,252	)
Net unrealized gain on available for sale debt											-
securities of $8,834 net of deferred taxes of
$3,357 and reclassification adjustment for net
realized gains included in net income of $4,006		-		-		-		-			5,477			5,477
Total comprehensive income														7,299
Exercise of stock options		-		-		-		-			-			-
Stock compensation expense		-		-		10		-						10
Issuance of 12,000 shares Series 2011 Preferred Stock		-		5,807		-		-			-			5,807
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared ($80.00 per share)		-		-		-		(297	)		-			(297	)
Series 2011 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared ($10.00 per share)		-		-		-		(74	)		-			(74	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	3,519	$	5,807	$	24,518	$	64,904		$	3,818		$	102,566

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	4,074		$	(1,975	)	$	(716	)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		1,393			1,566			1,600
Provision for loan losses		10,000			21,350			20,325
Stock compensation expense		10			-			-
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		(3,383	)		(4,424	)		1,272
Loans originated for sale		(9,427	)		(9,778	)		(16,498	)
Proceeds from loans sold		9,770			9,437			17,508
(Gains) on loans sold		-			-			(34	)
Securities (gains)		(4,006	)		(2,051	)		(1,497	)
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		2,646			988			5,366
(Gain) loss on disposal of other repossessed assets & property held for sale		(295	)		(142	)		112
Write-down of foreclosed properties		6,651			3,401			-
Amortization of securities premiums (accretion of discounts), net		2,155			(620	)		(2,561	)
Amortization of goodwill and purchase accounting adjustments, net		363			363			363
Decrease in accrued interest receivable		94			444			894
(Increase) in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance		(825	)		(541	)		(547	)
(Increase) decrease in other assets		(1,552	)		2,458			(5,620	)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		564			623			348
Net cash provided by operating activities		18,232			21,099			20,315
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale		8,049			60,972			21,365
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		131,950			50,893			45,543
Principal payments received on  securities available for sale		57,670			57,444			73,631
Purchases of securities available for sale		(214,130	)		(165,390	)		(84,166	)
Purchases of other investments		(2,000	)		(2,998	)		(3,982	)
Redemption of Federal Home Bank Loan Stock		3,796			1,065			-
Proceeds from maturities and calls of other investments		7,999			3,000			3,000
Net decrease in federal funds sold		-			-			2
Net principal payments received on loans		7,238			71,571			(777	)
Purchases of premises and equipment		(384	)		(426	)		(3,409	)
Proceeds from sale of other repossessed assets & property held for sale		13,334			18,295			3,411
Proceeds from (purchase of) interest bearing deposits with other banks		17,402			(11,449	)		(34,139	)
Purchases of life insurance contracts		(15,000	)		-			(2,100	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		15,924			82,977			18,379
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposit, NOW and savings accounts		53,999			(9,176	)		122,638
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits		(74,438	)		28,777			(71,151	)
Net (decrease) in short-term borrowings		14,373			(48,157	)		(103,360	)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		843			-			82,656
Repayment of long-term borrowings		(34,697	)		(77,384	)		(83,911	)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures		-			-			6,762
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		5,807			-			3,519
Exercise of stock options		-			-			43
Dividends paid		-			-			(445	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(297	)		(297	)		-
Reinvested dividends		-			-			12
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(34,410	)		(106,237	)		(43,237	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks		(254	)		(2,161	)		(4,543	)
Cash and due from banks:
Beginning		4,652			6,813			11,356
Ending	$	4,398		$	4,652		$	6,813

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

49

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows-continued

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2009
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
FLOW INFORMATION
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	31,775	$	40,537	$	46,645
Income taxes	$	3,250	$	275	$	1,395
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Other assets acquired in settlement of loans	$	12,564	$	49,095	$	35,273

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

50

NOTE 1.      BASIS OF PRESENTATION

We are a financial holding company headquartered in Moorefield, West Virginia.  Our primary business is community banking.  Our community bank subsidiary, Summit Community Bank (“Summit Community”) provides commercial and retail banking services primarily in the Eastern Panhandle and South Central regions of West Virginia and the Northern region of Virginia.  We also operate Summit Insurance Services, LLC in Moorefield, West Virginia and Leesburg, Virginia.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry.

Use of estimates:  We must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in preparing our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Summit and its subsidiaries.  All significant accounts and transactions among these entities have been eliminated.

Variable interest entities:  In accordance with ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, business enterprises that represent the primary beneficiary of another entity by retaining a controlling interest in that entity's assets, liabilities and results of operations must consolidate that entity in its financial statements. Prior to the issuance of ASC Topic 810, consolidation generally occurred when an enterprise controlled another entity through voting interests. If applicable, transition rules allow the restatement of financial statements or prospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment. We have determined that the provisions of ASC Topic 810 do not require consolidation of subsidiary trusts which issue guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in subordinated debentures (Trust Preferred Securities).  The Trust Preferred Securities continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The banking regulatory agencies have not issued any guidance which would change the regulatory capital treatment for the Trust Preferred Securities based on the adoption of ASC Topic 810.  The adoption of the provisions of ASC Topic 810 has had no material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.  See Note 11 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts.

Presentation of cash flows:  For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash on hand and amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing).  Cash flows from federal funds sold, demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts and short-term borrowings are reported on a net basis, since their original maturities are less than three months.  Cash flows from loans and certificates of deposit and other time deposits are reported net.

Advertising:  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Trust services:  Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not our assets and are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Trust services income is recognized on the cash basis in accordance with customary banking practice.  Reporting such income on a cash basis rather than the accrual basis does not have a material effect on net income.

Reclassifications:  Certain accounts in the consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2009, as previously presented, have been reclassified to conform to current year classifications.

Significant accounting policies:  The following table identifies our other significant accounting policies and the Note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found.

Fair Value Measurements	Note 3	Page 53
Securities	Note 4	Page 57
Loans	Note 5	Page 62
Allowance for Loan Losses	Note 6	Page 69
Property Held for Sale	Note 7	Page 71
Premises and Equipment	Note 8	Page 71
Intangible Assets	Note 9	Page 72
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase	Note 11	Page 73
Income Taxes	Note 12	Page 75
Stock Based Compensation	Note 13	Page 77
Earnings Per Share	Note 18	Page 83

51

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT NEW AUTHORITATIVE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) - Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements, requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would generally be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) company’s should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy was required for us beginning January 1, 2011. The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective for us on January 1, 2010. See Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements.

ASU No. 2010-11, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives clarifies that the only form of an embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another. As a result, entities that have contracts containing an embedded credit derivative feature in a form other than such subordination may need to separately account for the embedded credit derivative feature. The provisions of ASU 2010-11 were effective for us on July 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310) - Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable.  The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 was effective for our financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period were required for our financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – When to Perform Step 2 of the goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples in paragraph 350-20-35-30, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  This amendment became effective for us beginning with the 2011 year and had no material impact on our financial statements.

ASU No. 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310) – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings in ASU No. 2010-20 for public entities.  The effective date was for interim and annual reporting periods which ended after June 15, 2011.

ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring provides additional guidance to clarify when a loan modification or restructuring is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) in order to address current diversity in practice and lead to more consistent application of U.S. GAAP for debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist:  (1) the restructuring constitutes a concession, and (2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments to Topic 310 clarify the guidance regarding the evaluation of both considerations above. Additionally, the amendments clarify that a creditor is precluded from using the effective interest rate test in the debtor’s guidance on restructuring of payables (paragraph 470-60-55-10) when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR. This amendment was effective for us July 1, 2011.  Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period is required. As a result of applying these amendments, we may identify receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011.

52

ASU No. 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) - Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreement is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. ASU 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. ASU 2011-03 will be effective for us on January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs amends Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Presentation of Comprehensive Income amends Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to require that all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present, on the face of the financial statements, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment, amends Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, to permit entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350.  The more-than-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent.  If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the entity is required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any.  ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220):  Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate tothe presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB time to reconsider whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income.  ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05.  All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

NOTE 3.      FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not

                active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

53

Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or

                liability.

Accordingly, securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, and impaired loans held for investment.  These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

Available-for-Sale Securities:  Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.  Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds.  Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.  Certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment entities are Level 3, due to the unobservable inputs used in pricing those securities.

Loans Held for Sale:  Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value.  The fair value of loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.  As such, we classify loans subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2.

Loans:  We do not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established.  Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 310.  The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral.  In accordance with ASC Topic 310, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral requires classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, we record the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When a current appraised value is not available and there is no observable market price, we record the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

When a collateral dependent loan is identified as impaired, management immediately begins the process of evaluating the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral on an “as is” basis to determine if a related specific allowance for loan losses or charge-off is necessary.  Current “as is” appraisals are ordered once a loan is deemed impaired if the existing appraisal is more than twelve months old, or more frequently if there is known deterioration in value. For recently identified impaired loans, a current appraisal may not be available at the financial statement date. Until the current appraisal is obtained, the original appraised value is discounted, as appropriate, to compensate for the estimated depreciation in the value of the loan’s underlying collateral since the date of the original appraisal.  Such discounts are generally estimated based upon management’s knowledge of sales of similar collateral within the applicable market area and its knowledge of other real estate market-related data as well as general economic trends.  When a new appraisal is received (which generally are received within 3 months of a loan being identified as impaired), management then re-evaluates the fair value of the collateral and adjusts any specific allocated allowance for loan losses, as appropriate.  In addition, management also assigns a discount of 7–10% for the estimated costs to sell the collateral. As of December 31, 2011, the total fair value of our collateral dependent impaired loans which had a related specific allowance or charge-off was $8,041,000 less than the related appraised values of the underlying collateral for such loans.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”):  OREO consists of real estate acquired in foreclosure or other settlement of loans. Such assets are carried on the balance sheet at the lower of the investment in the real estate or its fair value less estimated selling costs.  The fair value of OREO is determined on a nonrecurring basis generally utilizing current “as is” appraisals performed by an independent, licensed appraiser applying an income or market value approach using observable market data (Level 2).  Updated appraisals of OREO are generally obtained if the existing appraisal is more than 18 months old, or more frequently if there is a known deterioration in value.  However, if a current appraisal is not available, the original appraised value is discounted, as appropriate, to compensate for the estimated depreciation in the value of the real estate since the date of its original appraisal.  Such discounts are generally estimated based upon management’s knowledge of sales of similar property within the applicable market area and its knowledge of other real estate market-related data as well as general economic trends (Level 3).  Upon foreclosure, any fair value adjustment is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred and included in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.

54

A distribution of asset and liability fair values according to the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is provided in the tables below.

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

	Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands	December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government sponsored agencies	$	8,747	$	-	$	8,747	$	-
Mortgage backed securities:
Government sponsored agencies		155,505		-		155,505		-
Nongovernment sponsored agencies		34,428		-		34,428		-
State and political subdivisions		4,571		-		4,571		-
Corporate debt securities		817		-		817		-
Other equity securities		77		-		77		-
Tax-exempt state and political subdivisions		79,326		-		79,326		-
Tax-exempt mortgage backed securities		3,128		-		3,128		-
Total available for sale securities	$	286,599	$	-	$	286,599	$	-

	Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands	December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government sponsored agencies	$	30,665	$	-	$	30,665	$	-
Mortgage backed securities:
Government sponsored agencies		123,037		-		123,037		-
Nongovernment sponsored agencies		59,267		-		59,267		-
State and political subdivisions		22,388		-		22,388		-
Corporate debt securities		949		-		949		-
Other equity securities		77		-		77		-
Tax-exempt state and political subdivisions		35,347		-		35,347		-
Total available for sale securities	$	271,730	$	-	$	271,730	$	-

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period.  Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are included in the tables below.

55

	Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands	December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Residential mortgage loans held for sale	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Impaired loans
Commercial	$	2,722	$	-	$	-	$	2,722
Commercial real estate		21,148		-		13,777		7,371
Construction and development		27,667		-		25,297		2,370
Residential real estate		22,768		-		18,253		4,515
Consumer		6		-		-		6
Total impaired loans	$	74,311	$	-	$	57,327	$	16,984
OREO	$	63,938	$	-	$	63,263	$	675

	Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands	December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Residential mortgage loans held for sale	$	343	$	-	$	343	$	-
Impaired loans
Commercial	$	630	$	-	$	-	$	630
Commercial real estate		16,408		-		13,569		2,839
Construction and development		13,940		-		11,251		2,689
Residential real estate		21,028		-		14,836		6,192
Total impaired loans	$	52,006	$	-	$	39,656	$	12,350
OREO	$	70,235	$	-	$	69,855	$	380

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $79,056,000, with a valuation allowance of $4,745,000, resulting in no additional provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011.

ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.  The following summarizes the methods and significant assumptions we used in estimating our fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

Cash and due from banks:  The carrying values of cash and due from banks approximate their estimated fair value.

Interest bearing deposits with other banks:  The carrying values of interest bearing deposits with other banks approximate their estimated fair values.

Federal funds sold:  The carrying values of Federal funds sold approximate their estimated fair values.

Securities:  Estimated fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

Loans held for sale:  The carrying values of loans held for sale approximate their estimated fair values.

Loans:  The estimated fair values for loans are computed based on scheduled future cash flows of principal and interest, discounted at interest rates currently offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  No prepayments of principal are assumed.

Accrued interest receivable and payable:  The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their estimated fair values.

56

Deposits:  The estimated fair values of demand deposits (i.e. non-interest bearing checking, NOW, money market and savings accounts) and other variable rate deposits approximate their carrying values.  Fair values of fixed maturity deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology at rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.  Any intangible value of long-term relationships with depositors is not considered in estimating the fair values disclosed.

Short-term borrowings:  The carrying values of short-term borrowings approximate their estimated fair values.

Long-term borrowings:  The fair values of long-term borrowings are estimated by discounting scheduled future payments of principal and interest at current rates available on borrowings with similar terms.

Subordinated debentures:  The carrying values of subordinated debentures approximate their estimated fair values.

Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts:  The carrying values of subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts approximate their estimated fair values.

Off-balance sheet instruments:  The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit standing of the counter parties.  The amounts of fees currently charged on commitments and standby letters of credit are deemed insignificant, and therefore, the estimated fair values and carrying values are not shown below.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial instruments are summarized below:

	At December 31,
	2011				2010
			Estimated				Estimated
	Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
Dollars in thousands	Value		Value		Value		Value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	4,398	$	4,398	$	4,652	$	4,652
Interest bearing deposits,
other banks		28,294		28,294		45,696		45,696
Securities available for sale		286,599		286,599		271,730		271,730
Other investments		19,146		19,146		22,941		22,941
Loans held for sale, net		-		-		343		343
Loans, net		965,516		977,782		995,319		1,002,889
Accrued interest receivable		5,784		5,784		5,879		5,879
	$	1,309,737	$	1,322,003	$	1,346,560	$	1,354,130
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	1,016,500	$	1,054,093	$	1,036,939	$	1,102,131
Short-term borrowings		15,956		15,956		1,582		1,582
Long-term borrowings		270,254		291,099		304,109		323,803
Subordinated debentures		16,800		16,800		16,800		16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to
unconsolidated subsidiary trusts		19,589		19,589		19,589		19,589
Accrued interest payable		2,558		2,558		3,130		3,130
	$	1,341,657	$	1,400,095	$	1,382,149	$	1,467,035

NOTE 4.      SECURITIES

We classify debt and equity securities as “held to maturity”, “available for sale” or “trading” according to management’s intent.  The appropriate classification is determined at the time of purchase of each security and re-evaluated at each reporting date.

Securities held to maturity – Certain debt securities for which we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.  There are no securities classified as held to maturity in the accompanying financial statements.

57

Securities available for sale - Securities not classified as "held to maturity" or as "trading" are classified as "available for sale."  Securities classified as "available for sale" are those securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity.  "Available for sale" securities are reported at estimated fair value net of unrealized gains or losses, which are adjusted for applicable income taxes, and reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Trading securities - There are no securities classified as "trading" in the accompanying financial statements.

Impairment assessment: Impairment exists when the fair value of a security is less than its cost.  Cost includes adjustments made to the cost basis of a security for accretion, amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments.  We perform a quarterly assessment of the debt and equity securities in our investment portfolio that have an unrealized loss to determine whether the decline in the fair value of these securities below their cost is other-than-temporary.  This determination requires significant judgment.  Impairment is considered other-than-temporary when it becomes probable that we will be unable to recover the cost of an investment.  This assessment takes into consideration factors such as the length of time and the extent to which the market values have been less than cost, the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer including events specific to the issuer or industry, defaults or deferrals of scheduled interest, principal or dividend payments, external credit ratings and recent downgrades, and our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value.  If a decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value which then becomes the new cost basis.  The amount of the write down is included in other-than-temporary impairment of securities in the consolidated statements of income.  The new cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value, if any.

Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized on the specific identification method.  Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are computed using the interest method.

The amortized cost, unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair values of securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are summarized as follows:

	2011
	Amortized		Unrealized				Estimated
Dollars in thousands	Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
Available for Sale
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies
and corporations	$	8,262	$	495	$	10	$	8,747
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		152,815		3,460		770		155,505
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		35,246		742		1,560		34,428
State and political subdivisions		4,559		16		4		4,571
Corporate debt securities		999		-		182		817
Total taxable debt securities		201,881		4,713		2,526		204,068
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		75,371		3,986		31		79,326
Residential mortgage-backed securities		3,109		19		-		3,128
Total tax-exempt debt securities		78,480		4,005		31		82,454
Equity securities		77		-		-		77
Total available for sale securities	$	280,438	$	8,718	$	2,557	$	286,599

58

	2010
	Amortized		Unrealized				Estimated
Dollars in thousands	Cost		Gains		Losses		Fair Value
Available for Sale
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies
and corporations	$	30,645	$	319	$	299	$	30,665
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		119,608		3,642		213		123,037
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		60,257		2,528		3,518		59,267
State and political subdivisions		23,342		6		960		22,388
Corporate debt securities		999		-		50		949
Total taxable debt securities		234,851		6,495		5,040		236,306
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		35,843		211		707		35,347
Total tax-exempt debt securities		35,843		211		707		35,347
Equity securities		77		-		-		77
Total available for sale securities	$	270,771	$	6,706	$	5,747	$	271,730

The proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of securities, including principal payments received on available for sale mortgage-backed obligations and the related gross gains and losses realized are as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Proceeds from						Gross realized
			Calls and		Principal
Years ended December 31,	Sales		Maturities		Payments		Gains		Losses
2011	$	131,950	$	8,049	$	57,670	$	4,450	$	444
2010	$	50,893	$	60,972	$	57,444	$	2,061	$	10
2009	$	45,543	$	21,365	$	73,631	$	1,511	$	14

Residential mortgage-backed obligations having contractual maturities ranging from 1 to 50 years are reflected in the following maturity distribution schedules based on their anticipated average life to maturity, which ranges from 1 to 26 years.  Accordingly, discounts are accreted and premiums are amortized over the anticipated average life to maturity of the specific obligation.

The maturities, amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities at December 31, 2011, are summarized as follows:

	Amortized		Estimated
Dollars in thousands	Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	75,161	$	76,262
Due from one to five years		97,599		99,081
Due from five to ten years		18,546		18,650
Due after ten years		89,055		92,529
Equity securities		77		77
Total	$	280,438	$	286,599

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with estimated fair values of $153,476,000 and $175,852,000 respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

During 2011 and 2010 we recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities as follows:

59

	2011								2010
	Residential MBS								Residential MBS
	Nongovernment								Nongovernment
	- Sponsored			Equity					- Sponsored			Equity
Dollars in thousands	Entities			Securities		Total			Entities			Securities		Total
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses	$	(6,279	)	$	-	$	(6,279	)	$	(1,816	)	$	-	$	(1,816	)
Portion of loss recognized in
other comprehensive income		3,633			-		3,633			828			-		828
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings	$	(2,646	)	$	-	$	(2,646	)	$	(988	)	$	-	$	(988	)

Activity related to the credit component recognized on debt securities available for sale for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income for year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Total
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	(3,910	)
Additions for the credit component on debt securities in which
other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		(2,646	)
Securities sold during the period		201
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	(6,355	)

At December 31, 2011, our debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment in which only the amount of loss related to credit was recognized in earnings consisted solely of residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities.  We utilize third party vendors to estimate the portion of loss attributable to credit using discounted cash flow models.  The vendors estimate cash flows of the underlying loan collateral of each mortgage-backed security using models that incorporate their best estimates of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates.  Assumptions utilized could vary widely from loan to loan, and are influenced by such factors as loan interest rate, geographical location of the borrower, collateral type and borrower characteristic.  Specific such assumptions utilized by our vendors in their valuation of our other-than-temporarily impaired residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities were as follows at December 31, 2011:

	Weighted	Range
	Average	Minimum	Maximum
Constant prepayment rates	9.3%	1.2%	14.4%
Constant default rates	5.5%	3.1%	10.4%
Loss severities	46.9%	40.0%	57.0%

Our vendors performing these valuations also analyze the structure of each mortgage-backed instrument in order to determine how the estimated cash flows of the underlying collateral will be distributed to each security issued from the structure.  Expected principal and interest cash flows on the impaired debt securities are discounted predominantly using unobservable discount rates which the vendors assume that market participants would utilize in pricing the specific security.  Based on the discounted expected cash flows derived from our vendors’ models, we expect to recover the remaining unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment sponsored entities.

We held 67 available for sale securities having an unrealized loss at December 31, 2011.  Provided below is a summary of securities available for sale which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  We have the ability and intent to hold these securities until such time as the value recovers or the securities mature.  Further, we believe that the decline in value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality of the issuer and no additional impairment is warranted at this time.

60

	2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value		Loss			Fair Value		Loss			Fair Value		Loss
Temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies
and corporations	$	1,074	$	(10	)	$	120	$	-		$	1,194	$	(10	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		55,678		(770	)		-		-			55,678		(770	)
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		5,558		(158	)		4,245		(239	)		9,803		(397	)
State and political subdivisions		-		-			-		-			-		-
Corporate debt securities		-		-			817		(182	)		817		(182	)
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		1,418		(29	)		1,132		(6	)		2,550		(35	)
Total temporarily impaired securities		63,728		(967	)		6,314		(427	)		70,042		(1,394	)
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		466		(261	)		5,638		(902	)		6,104		(1,163	)
Total other-than-temporarily
impaired securities		466		(261	)		5,638		(902	)		6,104		(1,163	)
Total	$	64,194	$	(1,228	)	$	11,952	$	(1,329	)	$	76,146	$	(2,557	)

	2010
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized			Estimated		Unrealized
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value		Loss			Fair Value		Loss			Fair Value		Loss
Temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies
and corporations	$	9,658	$	(284	)	$	1,272	$	(15	)	$	10,930	$	(299	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		24,869		(213	)		-		-			24,869		(213	)
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		7,506		(459	)		12,695		(2,716	)		20,201		(3,175	)
State and political subdivisions		18,215		(955	)		385		(5	)		18,600		(960	)
Corporate debt securities		949		(50	)		-		-			949		(50	)
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		17,523		(555	)		1,169		(152	)		18,692		(707	)
Total temporarily impaired securities		78,720		(2,516	)		15,521		(2,888	)		94,241		(5,404	)
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		71		(43	)		4,624		(300	)		4,695		(343	)
Total other-than-temporarily
impaired securities		71		(43	)		4,624		(300	)		4,695		(343	)
Total	$	78,791	$	(2,559	)	$	20,145	$	(3,188	)	$	98,936	$	(5,747	)

The largest component of the unrealized loss at December 31, 2011 was $1.6 million related to residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities.  We monitor the performance of the mortgages underlying these bonds.  Although there has been some deterioration in their collateral performance, we primarily hold the senior tranches of each issue which provides protection against defaults.  We attribute the unrealized loss on these mortgage-backed securities largely due to their current absence of liquidity.  We expect to receive all contractual principal and interest payments due on our debt securities and have the ability and intent to hold these investments until their fair value recovers or until maturity. The mortgages in these asset pools have been made to borrowers with strong credit history and significant equity invested in their homes. They are well diversified geographically. Nonetheless, significant further weakening of economic fundamentals coupled with significant increases in unemployment and substantial deterioration in the value of residential properties could extend distress to this borrower population. This could continue to increase default rates and put additional pressure on property values. Should these conditions persist, the value of these securities could decline further and trigger the recognition of additional other-than-temporary impairment charges.

61

NOTE 5.     LOANS

Loans are generally stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned discount and allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued daily on the outstanding balances.  Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as adjustments of the related loan yield over its contractual life.  We categorize residential real estate loans in excess of $600,000 as jumbo loans.

Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest is greater than 90 days past due based upon the loan's contractual terms.  Interest is accrued daily on impaired loans unless the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.  Impaired loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the payments of principal and interest are in default for a period of 90 days, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection.  Interest on nonaccrual loans is recognized primarily using the cost-recovery method.  Loans may be returned to accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and there has been demonstrated performance under the terms of the loan or, if applicable, the terms of the restructured loans.

Commercial-related loans (which are risk-rated) are charged off to the allowance for loan losses when the loss has been confirmed.  This determination includes many factors, including the prioritization of our claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan and valuation of the borrower’s equity.

Consumer-related loans are generally charged off to the allowance for loan losses upon reaching specified stages of delinquency, in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council policy.  For example, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier.  Residential mortgage loans are generally charged off to net realizable value no later than when the account becomes 180 days past due.  Other consumer loans, if collateralized, are generally charged off to net realizable value at 120 days past due.

Loans are summarized as follows:

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Commercial	$	99,024	$	97,059
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		158,754		187,098
Non-owner occupied		270,226		235,337
Construction and development
Land and land development		93,035		99,085
Construction		2,936		13,691
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		221,733		239,288
Jumbo		61,535		61,340
Home equity		50,898		50,987
Consumer		22,325		25,253
Other		2,762		3,405
Total loans, net of unearned fees		983,228		1,012,543
Less allowance for loan losses		17,712		17,224
Loans, net	$	965,516	$	995,319

62

The following presents loan maturities at December 31, 2011:

	Within		After 1 but		After
Dollars in thousands	1Year		within 5 Years		5 Years
Commercial	$	32,198	$	40,926	$	25,900
Commercial real estate		43,789		80,622		304,569
Construction and development		61,142		6,355		28,474
Residential real estate		25,691		18,929		289,546
Consumer		3,740		15,209		3,376
Other		312		1,596		854
	$	166,872	$	163,637	$	652,719
Loans due after one year with:
Variable rates			$	192,946
Fixed rates				623,410
			$	816,356

The following table presents the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	At December 31, 2011
	Past Due										> 90 days
Dollars in thousands	30-59 days		60-89 days		> 90 days		Total		Current		and Accruing
Commercial	$	904	$	324	$	2,544	$	3,772	$	95,252	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		4,241		197		664		5,102		153,652		-
Non-owner occupied		1,566		1,752		1,705		5,023		265,203		-
Construction and development
Land and land development		1,539		116		16,392		18,047		74,988		344
Construction		106		-		979		1,085		1,851		-
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		4,730		1,624		2,336		8,690		213,043		-
Jumbo		699		-		13,965		14,664		46,871		-
Home equity		-		223		91		314		50,584		-
Consumer		381		144		85		610		21,715		-
Other		-		-		-		-		2,762		-
Total	$	14,166	$	4,380	$	38,761	$	57,307	$	925,921	$	344
	At December 31, 2010
	Past Due										> 90 days
Dollars in thousands	30-59 days		60-89 days		> 90 days		Total		Current		and Accruing
Commercial	$	388	$	307	$	1,286	$	1,981	$	95,078	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		364		-		1,348		1,712		185,386		-
Non-owner occupied		3,697		590		310		4,597		230,740		-
Construction and development
Land and land development		3,023		131		9,732		12,886		86,199		-
Construction		-		2		317		319		13,372		-
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		3,557		2,412		3,953		9,922		229,368		-
Jumbo		2,997		10,383		2,549		15,929		45,411		1,442
Home equity		501		270		51		822		50,165		-
Consumer		420		147		107		674		23,471		-
Other		9		10		-		19		4,492		-
Total	$	14,956	$	14,252	$	19,653	$	48,861	$	963,682	$	1,442

63

Nonaccrual loans:  The following table presents the nonaccrual loans included in the net balance of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Commercial	$	3,260	$	1,318
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		2,815		2,372
Non-owner occupied		4,348		314
Construction and development
Land & land development		22,362		9,732
Construction		979		317
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		3,683		4,918
Jumbo		13,966		1,106
Home equity		538		51
Consumer		145		141
Other		-		-
Total	$	52,096	$	20,269

Impaired loans:  Impaired loans include the following:

§   Loans which we risk-rate (consisting of loan relationships having aggregate balances in excess of $2,000,000, or loans exceeding $500,000 and exhibiting credit weakness) through our normal loan review procedures and which, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement.   Risk-rated loans with insignificant delays or insignificant short falls in the amount of payments expected to be collected are not considered to be impaired.

§   Loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.

Both commercial and consumer loans are deemed impaired upon being contractually modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Troubled debt restructurings typically result from our loss mitigation activities and occur when we grant a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty in order to minimize our economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.  Once restructured in a troubled debt restructuring, a loan is generally considered impaired until its maturity, regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms.  Although such a loan may be returned to accrual status if the criteria set forth in our accounting policy are met, the loan would continue to be evaluated for an asset-specific allowance for loan losses and we would continue to report the loan in the impaired loan table below.

The table below sets forth information about our impaired loans.

Method Used to Measure Impairment of Impaired Loans
Dollars in thousands
Loan Category	12/31/2011		12/31/2010		Method used to measure impairment
Commerical	$	2,969	$	630	Fair value of collateral
Commerical real estate
Owner-occupied		9,698		8,866	Fair value of collateral
		2,580		2,623	Discounted cash flow
Non-owner occupied		9,790		4,922	Fair value of collateral
		-		530	Discounted cash flow
Construction and development
Land & land development		29,862		16,515	Fair value of collateral
Construction		735		-	Fair value of collateral
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		4,488		4,533	Fair value of collateral
		372		753	Discounted cash flow
Jumbo		18,147		17,296	Fair value of collateral
Home equity		407		213	Fair value of collateral
Consumer		8		-	Discounted cash flow
Total	$	79,056	$	56,881

64

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	December 31, 2011
							Average			Interest Income
	Recorded		Unpaid		Related		Impaired			Recognized
Dollars in thousands	Investment		Principal Balance		Allowance		Balance			while impaired
Without a related allowance
Commercial	$	2,074	$	2,076	$	-	$	874		$	10
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		9,013		9,034		-		8,132			253
Non-owner occupied		5,599		5,600		-		2,891			116
Construction and development
Land & land development		12,128		12,128		-		9,509			346
Construction		-		-		-		-			-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		3,697		3,708		-		2,843			68
Jumbo		15,203		15,204		-		12,626			-
Home equity		194		194		-		99			6
Total without a related allowance	$	47,908	$	47,944	$	-	$	36,974		$	799
With a related allowance
Commercial	$	893	$	893	$	247	$	661		$	1
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		3,244		3,244		465		3,588			143
Non-owner occupied		4,190		4,190		456		3,357			87
Construction and development
Land & land development		17,719		17,734		2,901		8,726			40
Construction		735		735		29		2			-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		1,150		1,152		209		706			31
Jumbo		2,943		2,943		275		1,349			-
Home equity		213		213		162		125			2
Consumer		8		8		1		-			-
Total with a related allowance	$	31,095	$	31,112	$	4,745	$	18,514		$	304
Total
Commercial	$	55,595	$	55,634	$	4,098	$	37,740		$	996
Residential real estate		23,400		23,414		646		17,748	-		107
Consumer		8		8		1		-			-
Total	$	79,003	$	79,056	$	4,745	$	55,488		$	1,103

65

	December 31, 2010
							Average			Interest Income
	Recorded		Unpaid		Related		Impaired			Recognized
Dollars in thousands	Investment		Principal Balance		Allowance		Balance			while impaired
Without a related allowance
Commercial	$	629	$	630	$	-	$	232		$	9
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		7,538		7,556		-		9,052			440
Non-owner occupied		3,314		3,321		-		12,852			734
Construction and development
Land & land development		9,213		9,214		-		12,852			468
Construction		-		-		-		-			-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		2,161		2,696		-		2,074			76
Jumbo		14,822		14,822		-		7,887			547
Home equity		165		165		-		-			-
Total without a related allowance	$	37,842	$	38,404	$	-	$	44,949		$	2,274
With a related allowance
Commercial	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-		$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		3,933		3,933		265		670			-
Non-owner occupied		2,130		2,130		267		1,953			88
Construction and development
Land & land development		7,301		7,301		2,575		3,183			7
Construction		-		-		-		-			-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		2,589		2,591		843		1,242			22
Jumbo		2,474		2,474		877		1,343			31
Home equity		48		48		48		12			1
Total with a related allowance	$	18,475	$	18,477	$	4,875	$	8,403		$	149
Total
Commercial	$	34,058	$	34,085	$	3,107	$	40,794		$	1,746
Residential real estate		22,259		22,796		1,768		12,558	-		677
Total	$	56,317	$	56,881	$	4,875	$	53,352		$	2,423

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recognized approximately $1,103,000, $2,423,000, and $298,000, in interest income on impaired loans after the date that the loans were deemed to be impaired.  Using a cash-basis method of accounting, we would have recognized approximately the same amount of interest income on such loans.

A modification of a loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession that we would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, or a combination of both.  A loan continues to qualify as a TDR until a consistent payment history or change in the borrower’s financial condition has been evidenced, generally no less than twelve months.  Included in impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings of $47,770,000 and $31,712,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with no commitments to lend additional funds under these restructurings at either balance sheet date.

The following table presents by class the TDRs that were restructured during the three months and twelve months ended December 31, 2011.  Generally, the modifications were extensions of term, modifying the payment terms from principal and interest to interest only for an extended period, or reduction in interest rate.  All TDRs are evaluated individually for allowance for loan loss purposes.

66

	For the Three Months Ended						For the Twelve Months Ended
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2011
			Pre-modification		Post-modification				Pre-modification		Post-modification
	Number of		Recorded		Recorded		Number of		Recorded		Recorded
dollars in thousands	Modifications		Investment		Investment		Modifications		Investment		Investment
Commercial		-	$	-	$	-		1	$	63	$	63
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		-		-		-		4		2,463		2,463
Non-owner occupied		-		-		-		5		7,248		7,248
Construction and development
Land & land development		-		-		-		5		3,715		3,683
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		-		-		-		6		1,743		1,648
Jumbo		3		5,261		4,854		3		5,261		4,854
Home equity		-		-		-		-		-		-
Consumer		1		8		8		1		8		8
Total		4	$	5,269	$	4,862		25	$	20,501	$	19,967

The following table presents defaults during the stated period of TDRs that were restructured during 2011.  For purposes of these tables, a default is considered as either the loan was past due 30 days or more at any time during the period, or the loan was fully or partially charged off during the period.

	For the Three Months Ended				For the Twelve Months Ended
	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2011
	Number		Recorded		Number		Recorded
	of		Investment		of		Investment
dollars in thousands	Defaults		at Default Date		Defaults		at Default Date
Commercial		-	$	-		-	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		1		36		4		2,454
Non-owner occupied		-		-		3		3,594
Construction and development
Land & land development		1		1,002		5		3,684
Construction		-		-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		1		258		1		258
Jumbo		1		545		1		545
Home equity		-		-		-		-
Consumer		-		-		-		-
Total		4	$	1,841		14	$	10,535

We categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. We analyze loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk.  We internally grade all commercial loans at the time of loan origination. In addition, we perform an annual loan review on all non-homogenous commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure exceeding $2 million, at which time these loans are re-graded. We use the following definitions for our risk grades:

Pass:  Loans graded as Pass are loans to borrowers of acceptable credit quality and risk. They are higher quality loans that do not fit any of the other categories described below.

OLEM (Special Mention):  Commercial loans categorized as OLEM are potentially weak. The credit risk may be relatively minor yet represent a risk given certain specific circumstances. If the potential weaknesses are not monitored or mitigated, the asset may weaken or inadequately protect our position in the future.

Substandard:  Commercial loans categorized as Substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower’s ability to repay, equity, and/or the collateral pledged to secure the loan. These loans have identified weaknesses that could hinder normal repayment or collection of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the identified weaknesses are not mitigated.

67

Doubtful:  Commercial loans categorized as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those loans classified as Substandard, with the added elements that the full collection of the loan is improbable and the possibility of loss is high.

Loss:  Loans classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.

The following table presents the recorded investment in construction and development, commercial, and commercial real estate loans which are generally evaluated based upon the internal risk ratings defined above.

Loan Risk Profile by Internal Risk Rating
	Construction and Development												Commercial Real Estate
	Land and land development				Construction				Commercial				Owner Occupied				Non-Owner Occupied
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010
Pass	$	47,521	$	63,061	$	1,886	$	13,320	$	84,225	$	89,129	$	143,845	$	167,048	$	253,319	$	218,555
OLEM (Special Mention)		18,615		19,509		-		249		6,889		6,481		5,474		4,417		10,421		14,154
Substandard		26,899		15,796		1,049		122		7,910		1,449		9,435		15,633		6,486		2,628
Doubtful		-		719		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Loss		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	93,035	$	99,085	$	2,935	$	13,691	$	99,024	$	97,059	$	158,754	$	187,098	$	270,226	$	235,337

The following table presents the recorded investment in consumer, residential real estate, and home equity loans, which are generally evaluated based on the aging status of the loans, which was previously presented, and payment activity.

	Performing				Nonperforming
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2011		2010
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo	$	218,050	$	233,857	$	3,683	$	5,433
Jumbo		47,570		59,307		13,965		2,033
Home Equity		50,360		50,936		538		51
Consumer		22,180		25,111		145		142
Other		2,762		3,405		-		-
Total	$	340,922	$	372,616	$	18,331	$	7,659

Industry concentrations:  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no concentrations of loans to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

Loans to related parties:  We have had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with our directors, principal officers, their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders (commonly referred to as related parties).  These transactions have been, in our opinion, on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others.

The following presents the activity with respect to related party loans aggregating $60,000 or more to any one related party (other changes represent additions to and changes in director and executive officer status):

Dollars in thousands	2011			2010
Balance, beginning	$	7,838		$	4,076
Additions		8,670			6,602
Amounts collected		(4,457	)		(3,519	)
Other changes, net		5,012			679
Balance, ending	$	17,063		$	7,838

Loan commitments:  ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that commitments to make mortgage loans should be accounted for as derivatives if the loans are to be held for sale, because the commitment represents a written option and accordingly is recorded at the fair value of the option liability.

68

NOTE 6.     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs.  Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when we believe that collectability is unlikely.  While we use the best information available to make our evaluation, future adjustments may be necessary if there are significant changes in conditions.

The allowance is comprised of three distinct reserve components:  (1) specific reserves related to loans individually evaluated, (2) quantitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated, and (3) qualitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated.  A summary of the methodology we employ on a quarterly basis with respect to each of these components in order to evaluate the overall adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is as follows.

Specific Reserve for Loans Individually Evaluated

First, we identify loan relationships having aggregate balances in excess of $500,000 and that may also have credit weaknesses.  Such loan relationships are identified primarily through our analysis of internal loan evaluations, past due loan reports, and loans adversely classified by regulatory authorities.  Each loan so identified is then individually evaluated to determine whether it is impaired – that is, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the underlying loan agreement.  Substantially all of our impaired loans are and historically have been collateral dependent, meaning repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely from the sale of the loan’s underlying collateral.  For such loans, we measure impairment based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral, which is generally determined utilizing current appraisals.  A specific reserve is established in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the recorded investment in each impaired loan over the fair value of its underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell. Our policy is to re-evaluate the fair value of collateral dependent loans at least every twelve months unless there is a known deterioration in the collateral’s value, in which case a new appraisal is obtained.

Quantitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

Second, we stratify the loan portfolio into the following ten loan pools:  land and land development, construction, commercial, commercial real estate -- owner-occupied, commercial real estate -- non-owner occupied, conventional residential mortgage, jumbo residential mortgage, home equity, consumer, and other.  Loans within each pool are then further segmented between (1) loans which were individually evaluated for impairment and not deemed to be impaired, (2) larger-balance loan relationships exceeding $2 million which are assigned an internal risk rating in conjunction with our normal ongoing loan review procedures and (3) smaller-balance homogenous loans.

Quantitative reserves relative to each loan pool are established as follows:  for all loan segments detailed above an allocation equaling 100% of the respective pool’s average 12 month historical net loan charge-off rate (determined based upon the most recent twelve quarters) is applied to the aggregate recorded investment in the pool of loans.

Qualitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

Third, we consider the necessity to adjust our average historical net loan charge-off rates relative to each of the above ten loan pools for potential risks factors that could result in actual losses deviating from prior loss experience.  For example, if we observe a significant increase in delinquencies within the conventional mortgage loan pool above historical trends, an additional allocation to the average historical loan charge-off rate is applied.  Such qualitative risk factors considered are:  (1) levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans, (2) levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, (3) trends in volume and term of loans, (4) effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practice, (5) experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, (6) national and local economic trends and conditions, (7) industry conditions, and (8) effects of changes in credit concentrations.

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

69

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010		2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	17,224	$	17,000	$	16,933
Losses:
Commercial		506		601		479
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied		508		2,266		99
Non-owner occupied		78		6,974		370
Construction and development
Land and land development		3,568		6,974		14,444
Construction		-		963		2,503
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		3,178		2,052		1,612
Jumbo		1,511		973		1,551
Home equity		346		798		757
Consumer		162		321		295
Other		86		191		150
Total		9,943		22,113		22,260
Recoveries:
Commercial		35		39		129
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied		37		5		19
Non-owner occupied		55		268		3
Construction and development
Land and land development		43		330		1,583
Construction		-		1		32
Real estate - mortgage
Non-jumbo		83		51		29
Jumbo		14		15		-
Home equity		1		84		-
Consumer		112		162		97
Other		51		32		110
Total		431		987		2,002
Net losses		9,512		21,126		20,258
Provision for loan losses		10,000		21,350		20,325
Balance, end of year	$	17,712	$	17,224	$	17,000

Activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan class during 2011 is as follows:

70

	Construction & Land Development
	Land &							Commercial Real Estate				Residential Real Estate
	Land &									Non-
	Devlop-		Construc-			Commer-		Owner		Owner		Non-				Home		Con-
Dollars in thousands	ment		tion			cial		Occupied		Occupied		jumbo		Jumbo		Equity		sumer			Other		Total
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance	$	7,901	$	322		$	323	$	1,108	$	2,941	$	2,419	$	1,316	$	600	$	263		$	31	$	17,224
Charge-offs		3,568		-			506		508		78		3,178		1,511		346		162			86		9,943
Recoveries		43		-			35		37		55		83		14		1		112			51		431
Provision		2,885		(202	)		918		698		365		3,263		1,512		576		(52	)		37		10,000
Ending balance	$	7,261	$	120		$	770	$	1,335	$	3,283	$	2,587	$	1,331	$	831	$	161		$	33	$	17,712
Allowance related to:
Loans individually
evaluated for impairment	$	2,901	$	29		$	247	$	464	$	456	$	209	$	275	$	163	$	2		$	-	$	4,746
Loans collectively
evaluated for impairment		4,360		91			523		871		2,827		2,378		1,056		668		159			33		12,966
Loans acquired with
deteriorated credit quality		-		-			-		-		-		-		-		-		-			-		-
Total	$	7,261	$	120		$	770	$	1,335	$	3,283	$	2,587	$	1,331	$	831	$	161		$	33	$	17,712
Loans
Loans individually
evaluated for impairment	$	29,862	$	735		$	2,969	$	12,278	$	9,790	$	4,860	$	18,147	$	407	$	8		$	-	$	79,056
Loans collectively
evaluated for impairment		63,173		2,201			96,055		146,476		260,436		216,873		43,388		50,491		22,317			2,762		904,172
Loans acquired with
deteriorated credit quality		-		-			-		-		-		-		-		-		-			-		-
Total	$	93,035	$	2,936		$	99,024	$	158,754	$	270,226	$	221,733	$	61,535	$	50,898	$	22,325		$	2,762	$	983,228

NOTE 7.      PROPERTY HELD FOR SALE

Property held for sale consists of premises qualifying as held for sale under ASC Topic 360 Property, Plant, and Equipment, and of real estate acquired through foreclosure on loans secured by such real estate.  Qualifying premises are transferred to property held for sale at the lower of carrying value or estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs.  Foreclosed property is recorded at the estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of foreclosure, with any difference between the fair value of foreclosed property and the carrying value of the related loan charged to the allowance for loan losses.  We perform periodic valuations of property held for sale subsequent to transfer.  Changes in value subsequent to transfer are recorded in noninterest income.  Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from the sale of property held for sale is recognized on the date of sale.  Depreciation is not recorded on property held for sale.  Expenses incurred in connection with operating foreclosed properties are charged to noninterest expense.

The following table presents the activity of property held for sale during 2011 and 2010.

Dollars in thousands	2011			2010
Beginning balance	$	69,638		$	40,293
Acquisitions		12,563			48,354
Capitalized improvements		613			1,852
Dispositions		(12,225	)		(17,460	)
Valuation adjustments		(6,651	)		(3,401	)
Balance at year end	$	63,938		$	69,638

NOTE 8.      PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed primarily by the straight-line method for premises and equipment over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  The estimated useful lives employed are on average 30 years for premises and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.  Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating expenses as incurred.  Major improvements and additions to premises and equipment, including construction period interest costs, are capitalized.  No interest was capitalized during 2011, 2010, or 2009.

71

The major categories of premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Land	$	6,308	$	6,308
Buildings and improvements		20,118		20,059
Furniture and equipment		12,510		12,245
		38,936		38,612
Less accumulated depreciation		16,852		15,520
Total premises and equipment, net	$	22,084	$	23,092

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 approximated $1,393,000, $1,566,000, and $1,600,000, respectively.

NOTE 9.       INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and certain other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized into net income over an estimated life, but rather are tested at least annually for impairment.  Intangible assets determined to have definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing.

In accordance with ASC Topic 350 Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, goodwill is subject to impairment testing at least annually to determine whether write-downs of the recorded balances are necessary.  A fair value is determined based on at least one of three various market valuation methodologies.  If the fair value equals or exceeds the book value, no write-down of recorded goodwill is necessary.  If the fair value is less than the book value, an expense may be required on our books to write down the goodwill to the proper carrying value.  During the third quarter, we completed the required annual impairment test for 2011 and determined that no impairment write-offs were necessary.

In addition, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had $353,000 and $504,000, respectively, in unamortized acquired intangible assets consisting entirely of unidentifiable intangible assets recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and $2,100,000 and $2,300,000 in unamortized identifiable customer intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

	Goodwill Activity
	Community		Insurance
Dollars in thousands	Banking		Services		Total
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	1,488	$	4,710	$	6,198
Acquired goodwill, net		-		-		-
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	1,488	$	4,710	$	6,198

	Other Intangible Assets
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Community		Insurance				Community		Insurance
Dollars in thousands	Banking		Services		Total		Banking		Services		Total
Unidentifiable intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$	2,267	$	-	$	2,267	$	2,267	$	-	$	2,267
Less:  accumulated amortization		1,914		-		1,914		1,763		-		1,763
Net carrying amount	$	353	$	-	$	353	$	504	$	-	$	504
Identifiable intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$	-	$	3,000	$	3,000	$	-	$	3,000	$	3,000
Less:  accumulated amortization		-		900		900		-		700		700
Net carrying amount	$	-	$	2,100	$	2,100	$	-	$	2,300	$	2,300

72

We recorded amortization expense of $351,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 relative to our other intangible assets.  Annual amortization is expected to be approximately $351,000 for each of the years ending 2012 through 2016.  The remaining amortization period is 10.5 years.

NOTE 10.    DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of interest bearing deposits by type as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Demand deposits, interest bearing	$	158,483	$	150,291
Savings deposits		208,809		177,053
Retail time deposits		391,338		404,704
Brokered deposits		169,215		230,287
Total	$	927,845	$	962,335

Time certificates of deposit and Individual Retirement Account's (IRA’s) in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $374,450,000 and $412,936,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Included in certificates of deposits are brokered certificates of deposit, which totaled $169,215,000 and $230,287,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Brokered deposits represent certificates of deposit acquired through a third party.  The following is a summary of the maturity distribution of certificates of deposit and IRA's in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011:

Dollars in thousands	Amount		Percent
Three months or less	$	37,645		10.1	%
Three through six months		26,090		7.0	%
Six through twelve months		58,226		15.5	%
Over twelve months		252,489		67.4	%
Total	$	374,450		100.0	%

A summary of the scheduled maturities for all time deposits as of December 31, 2011, follows:

Dollars in thousands	Amount
2012	$	228,015
2013		109,268
2014		48,523
2015		56,094
2016		75,717
Thereafter		42,936
Total	$	560,553

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our deposits of related parties including directors, executive officers, and their related interests approximated $20,936,000 and $10,907,000, respectively.

NOTE 11.     BORROWED FUNDS

Our subsidiary bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”).  Membership in the FHLB makes available short-term and long-term advances under collateralized borrowing arrangements with each subsidiary bank.  All FHLB advances are collateralized primarily by similar amounts of residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans, mortgage backed securities and securities of U. S. Government agencies and corporations.  We had $90 million available on a short term line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2011, which is primarily secured by commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans.

At December 31, 2011, our subsidiary banks had combined additional borrowings availability of $137,084,000 from the FHLB.  Short-term FHLB advances are granted for terms of 1 to 365 days and bear interest at a fixed or variable rate set at the time of the funding request.

Short-term borrowings:  At December 31, 2011, we had $90,135,000 borrowing availability through credit lines and Federal funds purchased agreements.  A summary of short-term borrowings is presented below.

73

	2011
							Federal Funds
	Short-term			Short-term			Purchased
	FHLB			Repurchase			and Lines
Dollars in thousands	Advances			Agreements			of Credit
Balance at December 31	$	15,000		$	-		$	956
Average balance outstanding
for the year		2,753			531			954
Maximum balance outstanding
at any month end		15,000			1,233			956
Weighted average interest
rate for the year		0.17	%		0.15	%		0.25	%
Weighted average interest
rate for balances
outstanding at December 31		0.15	%		0.00	%		0.25	%

	2010
							Federal Funds
	Short-term			Short-term			Purchased
	FHLB			Repurchase			and Lines
Dollars in thousands	Advances			Agreements			of Credit
Balance at December 31	$	-		$	629		$	953
Average balance outstanding
for the year		13,724			1,084			1,364
Maximum balance outstanding
at any month end		45,000			1,787			3,617
Weighted average interest
rate for the year		0.42	%		0.34	%		1.39	%
Weighted average interest
rate for balances
outstanding at December 31		0.00	%		0.15	%		0.25	%

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements mature the next business day.  The securities underlying the repurchase agreements are under our control and secure the total outstanding daily balances.We generally account for securities sold under agreements to repurchase as collateralized financing transactions and record them at the amounts at which the securities were sold, plus accrued interest.  Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party.  The fair value of collateral provided is continually monitored and additional collateral is provided as needed.

Long-term borrowings:  Our long-term borrowings of $270,254,000 and $304,109,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, consisted primarily of advances from the FHLB and structured reverse repurchase agreements with two unaffiliated institutions.

	Balance at December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Long-term FHLB advances	$	160,325	$	182,375
Long-term reverse repurchase agreements		100,000		110,000
Term loan		9,929		11,734
Total	$	270,254	$	304,109

The term loan represents a long-term borrowing with an unaffiliated banking institution which is secured by the common stock of our subsidiary bank, bears a variable interest rate of prime minus 50 basis points, and matures in 2017.

Long-term borrowings bear both fixed and variable interest rates and mature in varying amounts through the year 2019.  The average interest rate paid on long-term borrowings during 2011 and 2010 approximated 4.08% and 5.53%, respectively.

74

Subordinated debentures:  We have subordinated debt totaling $16.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines, until the debt is within 5 years of its maturity; thereafter the amount qualifying as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20 percent each year until maturity. During 2009, we issued $6.8 million in subordinated debt, of which $5 million was issued to an affiliate of a director of Summit.  We also issued $1.0 million and $0.8 million to two unrelated parties.  These three issuances bear an interest rate of 10 percent per annum, a term of 10 years, and are not prepayable by us within the first five years.  During 2008, we issued $10 million of subordinated debt to an unrelated institution, which bears a variable interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points, a term of 7.5 years, and is not prepayable by us within the first two and one half years.

Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts:  We have three statutory business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily redeemable securities (the “capital securities”) for which we are obligated to third party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities in our junior subordinated debentures (the “debentures”).  The debentures held by the trusts are their sole assets.  Our subordinated debentures totaled $19,589,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

In October 2002, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust I, in March 2004, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust II, and in December 2005, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust III, of which 100% of the common equity of each trust is owned by us.  SFG Capital Trust I issued $3,500,000 in capital securities and $109,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $3,609,000 of debentures. SFG Capital Trust II issued $7,500,000 in capital securities and $232,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $7,732,000 of debentures. SFG Capital Trust III issued $8,000,000 in capital securities and $248,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $8,248,000 of debentures.  Distributions on the capital securities issued by the trusts are payable quarterly at a variable interest rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 345 basis points for SFG Capital Trust I, 3 month LIBOR plus 280 basis points for SFG Capital Trust II, and 3 month LIBOR plus 145 basis points for SFG Capital Trust III, and equals the interest rate earned on the debentures held by the trusts, and is recorded as interest expense by us.  The capital securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures.  We have entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the capital securities subject to the terms of the guarantee.  The debentures of each Capital Trust are redeemable by us quarterly.

      The capital securities held by SFG Capital Trust I, SFG Capital Trust II, and SFG Capital Trust III qualify as Tier 1 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines.  In accordance with these Guidelines, trust preferred securities generally are limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill.  The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit can be included in Tier 2 capital.

A summary of the maturities of all long-term borrowings and subordinated debentures for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Amount
2012	$	67,437
2013		41,898
2014		83,429
2015		11,909
2016		1,911
Thereafter		100,059
Total	$	306,643

NOTE 12.     INCOME TAXES

The consolidated provision for income taxes includes Federal and state income taxes and is based on pretax net income reported in the consolidated financial statements, adjusted for transactions that may never enter into the computation of income taxes payable.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  Valuation allowances are established when deemed necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 Income Taxes clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertain tax positions, as defined.  ASC Topic 740 requires that a tax position meet a "probable recognition threshold" for the benefit of the uncertain tax position to be recognized in the financial statements. A tax position that fails to meet the probable recognition threshold will result in either reduction of a current or deferred tax asset or receivable, or recording a current or deferred tax liability.  ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition of tax benefits, classification, interim period accounting disclosure, and transition requirements in accounting for uncertain tax positions.

75

The components of applicable income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
Current
Federal	$	4,397		$	1,033		$	(5,915	)
State		21			6			(22	)
		4,418			1,039			(5,937	)
Deferred
Federal		(3,533	)		(3,554	)		4,018
State		150			(440	)		(246	)
		(3,383	)		(3,994	)		3,772
Total	$	1,035		$	(2,955	)	$	(2,165	)

Reconciliation between the amount of reported income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the statutory income tax rates by book pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

	2011						2010					2009
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent
Computed tax at applicable
statutory rate	$	1,788			35		$	(1,676	)		34	$	(980	)		34
Increase (decrease) in taxes
resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest
and dividends, net		(1,032	)		(20	)		(706	)		14		(856	)		30
State income taxes, net
of Federal income tax
benefit		112			2			(286	)		6		(177	)		6
Other, net		167			3			(287	)		6		(152	)		5
Applicable income taxes	$	1,035			20		$	(2,955	)		60	$	(2,165	)		75

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of "temporary differences" between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured for tax purposes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of temporary differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the related assets and liabilities are recovered or settled.  Valuation allowances are established when deemed necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  Our WV net operating loss carryforward expires in 2028.

The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows:

Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	6,546	$	5,943
Deferred compensation		1,576		1,440
Other deferred costs and accrued expenses		484		601
WV net operating loss carryforward		264		683
Capital loss carryforward		73		73
Net unrealized loss on securities and
other financial instruments		6,014		2,968
Total		14,957		11,708
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation		60		145
Accretion on tax-exempt securities		29		14
Net unrealized loss on securities		2,341		364
Purchase accounting adjustments
and goodwill		995		1,058
Total		3,425		1,581
Net deferred tax assets	$	11,532	$	10,127

76

In accordance with ASC Topic 740, we concluded that there were no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the consolidated financial statements.  The evaluation was performed for the tax years ended 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the tax years which remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions.

We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties associated with tax liabilities by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments are estimated to be minimal and immaterial.  To the extent we have received an assessment for interest and/or penalties; it has been classified in the consolidated statements of income as a component of other noninterest expense.

We are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2010.  Tax years 2008, 2009, and 2010 remain subject to West Virginia State examination.

NOTE 13.    EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Retirement Plans:  We have defined contribution profit-sharing plans with 401(k) provisions covering substantially all employees.  Contributions to the plans are at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Contributions made to the plans and charged to expense were $313,000, $321,000, and $317,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:  We have an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), which enables eligible employees to acquire shares of our common stock.  The cost of the ESOP is borne by us through annual contributions to an Employee Stock Ownership Trust in amounts determined by the Board of Directors.

 The expense recognized by us is based on cash contributed or committed to be contributed by us to the ESOP during the year.  Contributions to the ESOP for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $69,000. There were no contributions to the ESOP for 2010 or 2009.    Dividends paid by us to the ESOP are reported as a reduction to retained earnings.  The ESOP owned 304,281 and 276,405 shares of our common stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which were purchased at the prevailing market price and are considered outstanding for earnings per share computations.  The trustees of the Retirement Plans and ESOP are also members of our Board of Directors.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:  In May 1999, Summit Community Bank entered into a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) with certain senior officers, which provides participating officers with an income benefit payable at retirement age or death.  During 2000, Shenandoah Valley National Bank adopted a similar plan and during 2002, Summit Financial Group, Inc. adopted a similar plan.  The liabilities accrued for the SERP’s at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $3,059,000 and $2,658,000, respectively, which are included in other liabilities.  In addition, we purchased certain life insurance contracts to fund the liabilities arising under these plans.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash surrender value of these insurance contracts was $28,968,000 and $13,122,000, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Stock Option Plan:  The 2009 Officer Stock Option Plan was adopted by our shareholders in May 2009 and provides for the granting of stock options for up to 350,000 shares of common stock to our key officers.    Each option granted under the Plan vests according to a schedule designated at the grant date and has a term of no more than 10 years following the vesting date.  Also, the option price per share was not to be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.  The 2009 Officer Stock Option Plan, which expires in May 2019, replaces the 1998 Officer Stock Option Plan (collectively the “Plans”) that expired in May 2008.

The fair value of our employee stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate.  Additionally, there may be other factors that would otherwise have a significant effect on the value of employee stock options granted but are not considered by the model.  Because our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options at the time of grant.  There were no options granted in 2011 and 8,000 option grants during 2010.

We recognize compensation expense based on the estimated number of stock awards expected to actually vest, exclusive of the awards expected to be forfeited.  During 2009, 2010, and 2011, our stock compensation expense and related deferred taxes were insignificant.

A summary of activity in our Officer Stock Option Plans during 2009, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:

77

				Weighted-Average
				Exercise Price
	Options			(WAEP)
Outstanding, December 31, 2008		335,730		$	18.36
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(8,000	)		5.36
Forfeited		(16,950	)		22.46
Expired		(1,600	)		5.21
Outstanding, December 31, 2009		309,180			18.54
Granted		8,000			3.92
Exercised		-			-
Forfeited		-			-
Expired		-			-
Outstanding, December 31, 2010		317,180			18.17
Granted		-			-
Exercised		-			-
Forfeited		-			-
Expired		-			-
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		317,180		$	18.17
Exercisable Options:
December 31, 2011		311,280		$	18.44
December 31, 2010		309,580		$	18.51
December 31, 2009		308,880		$	18.54

Other information regarding options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

		Options Outstanding								Options Exercisable
						Wted. Avg.		Aggregate						Aggregate
						Remaining		Intrinsic						Intrinsic
Range of		# of				Contractual		Value		# of				Value
exercise price		shares		WAEP		Life (yrs)		(in thousands)		shares		WAEP		(in thousands)
	$2.54 - $6.00		64,150	$	5.15		2.22	$	-		60,150	$	5.32	$	-
	6.01 - 10.00		33,680		9.20		4.59		-		31,880		9.37		-
	10.01 - 17.50		2,300		17.43		2.17		-		2,300		17.43		-
	17.51 - 20.00		51,300		17.79		5.00		-		51,200		17.79		-
	20.01 - 25.93		165,750		25.15		3.79		-		165,750		25.15		-
			317,180	$	18.17			$	-		311,280	$	18.44	$	-

NOTE 14.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lending related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk:  We are a party to certain financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of financial position.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement that we have in this class of financial instruments.

Many of our lending relationships contain both funded and unfunded elements.  The funded portion is reflected on our balance sheet.  The unfunded portion of these commitments is not recorded on our balance sheet until a draw is made under the loan facility.  Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements.

A summary of the total unfunded, or off-balance sheet, credit extension commitments follows:

78

	December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Commitments to extend credit:
Revolving home equity and
credit card lines	$	45,660	$	43,848
Construction loans		11,893		15,232
Other loans		33,139		36,342
Standby letters of credit		1,489		4,882
Total	$	92,181	$	100,304

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if we deem necessary upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation.  Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party.

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

Operating leases:  We occupy certain facilities under long-term operating leases.  The aggregate minimum annual rental commitments under those leases total approximately $243,000 in 2012, $235,000 in 2013, $175,000 in 2014, and $21,000 in 2015.  Total net rent expense included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements was $294,000 in 2011, $348,000 in 2010, and $564,000 in 2009.

Litigation:  We are involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of our knowledge, no matters have been specifically identified to management that are reasonably possible to have a significant adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Employment Agreements: We have various employment agreements with our chief executive officer and certain other executive officers.  These agreements contain change in control provisions that would entitle the officers to receive compensation in the event there is a change in control in the Company (as defined) and a termination of their employment without cause (as defined).

NOTE 15.  PREFERRED STOCK

On September 30, 2009, we sold in a private placement 3,710 shares, or $3.7 million, of 8% Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2009, $1.00 par value, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series 2009 Preferred Stock”), based on the private placement exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Rule 506 of Regulation D.

The terms of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock provide that it may be converted into common stock under three different scenarios.  First, the Series 2009 Preferred Stock may be converted at the holder’s option, on any dividend payment date, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on a conversion rate determined by dividing $1,000 by $5.50, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares and subject to anti-dilution adjustments (the “Series 2009 Conversion Rate”).  Second, on or after June 1, 2012, Summit may, at its option, on any dividend payment date, convert some or all of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock into shares of Summit’s common stock at the then applicable Series 2009 Conversion Rate.  Summit may exercise this conversion right if, for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading dates during the six months immediately preceding the conversion, the closing price of the common stock exceeds 135% of $5.50.  Third, after ten years, on June 1, 2019, all remaining outstanding shares of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock will be converted at the then applicable Series 2009 Conversion Rate.  Adjustments to the Series 2009 Conversion Rate will be made in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger or other similar transaction.

In late 2011, we sold pursuant to both subscription rights distributed to our common shareholders and to a supplemental public offering 12,000 shares, or $6.0 million, of 8% Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2011, $1.00 par value, with a liquidation preference of $500 per share (the “Series 2011 Preferred Stock”).

79

The terms of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock also provide that it may be converted into common stock under three different scenarios.  First, the Series 2011 Preferred Stock may be converted at the holder’s option, on any dividend payment date, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on a conversion rate determined by dividing $500 by $4.00, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares and subject to anti-dilution adjustments (the “Series 2011 Conversion Rate”).  Second, on or after June 1, 2014, Summit may, at its option, on any dividend payment date, convert some or all of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock into shares of Summit’s common stock at the then applicable Series 2011 Conversion Rate.  Summit may exercise this conversion right if, for 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of notice of the conversion, the closing price of the common stock exceeds 135% of $4.00.  Third, after ten years, on June 1, 2021, all remaining outstanding shares of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock will be converted at the then applicable Series 2011 Conversion Rate.  Adjustments to the Series 2011 Conversion Rate will be made in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger or other similar transaction.

Both the Series 2009 and Series 2011 Preferred Stock pay noncumulative dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of 8.0% per annum.  Dividends declared are payable quarterly in arrears on the 1st day of March, June, September and December of each year.  The Series 2009 and Series 2011 Preferred Stock qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

NOTE 16. REGULATORY MATTERS

The primary source of funds for our dividends paid to our shareholders is dividends received from our subsidiaries.  Dividends paid by the subsidiary bank are subject to restrictions by banking law and regulations and require approval by the bank’s regulatory agency if dividends declared in any year exceed the bank’s current year's net income, as defined, plus its retained net profits of the two preceding years.  Presently, as a result of the bank MOU, the bank is restricted from paying any cash dividends unless it has provided 30 days prior notice to its regulatory authorities, and its regulatory authorities did not object.

We and our subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the banking regulatory agencies.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we and each of our subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our and each of our subsidiaries’ capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.  Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us and each of our subsidiaries to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  We believe, as of December 31, 2011, that we and each of our subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which we were subject.

The most recent notifications from the banking regulatory agencies categorized us and each of our subsidiary banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, we and each of our subsidiaries must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.

Our subsidiary banks are required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank.  The required reserve balance was $50,000 at December 31, 2011.

Summit’s and its subsidiary bank, Summit Community Bank’s (“SCB”) actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table.

80

											To be Well Capitalized
						Minimum Required					under Prompt Corrective
	Actual					Regulatory Capital					Action Provisions
Dollars in thousands	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit	$	136,060		13.0	%	$	83,617		8.0	%	$	104,522		10.0	%
Summit Community		142,329		13.6	%		83,604		8.0	%		104,505		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit		109,989		10.5	%		41,809		4.0	%		62,713		6.0	%
Summit Community		129,058		12.3	%		41,802		4.0	%		62,703		6.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
Summit		109,989		7.6	%		58,031		4.0	%		72,538		5.0	%
Summit Community		129,058		8.9	%		57,995		4.0	%		72,493		5.0	%
As of December 31, 2010
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit	$	129,610		11.8	%	$	87,543		8.0	%	$	109,428		10.0	%
Summit Community		138,164		12.6	%		87,558		8.0	%		109,447		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit		100,840		9.2	%		43,771		4.0	%		65,657		6.0	%
Summit Community		124,192		11.3	%		43,779		4.0	%		65,668		6.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
Summit		100,840		6.9	%		58,492		4.0	%		73,116		5.0	%
Summit Community		124,192		8.5	%		58,468		4.0	%		73,085		5.0	%

Summit Financial Group, Inc. (“Summit”) and its bank subsidiary, Summit Community Bank, Inc. (the “Bank”), have entered into informal Memoranda of Understanding (“MOU’s”) with their respective regulatory authorities.  A memorandum of understanding is characterized by the regulatory authorities as an informal action that is not published or publicly available and that is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or order.  Among other things, under the MOU’s, Summit’s management team has agreed to:

·   The Bank achieving and maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 11%;

·   The Bank providing 30 days prior notice of any declaration of intent to pay cash dividends to  provide the Bank’s regulatory authorities an opportunity to object;

·   Summit suspending all cash dividends on its common stock until further notice.  Dividends on all preferred stock, as well as interest payments on subordinated notes underlying Summit’s trust preferred securities, continue to be permissible; and,

·   Summit not incurring any additional debt, other than trade payables, without the prior written consent of the principal banking regulators.

NOTE  17.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

We operate two business segments:  community banking and an insurance agency.  These segments are primarily identified by the products or services offered.  The community banking segment consists of our full service banks which offer customers traditional banking products and services through various delivery channels.  The insurance agency segment consists of three insurance agency offices that sell insurance products.  The accounting policies discussed throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements apply to each of our business segments.

Intersegment revenue and expense consists of management fees allocated to the bank and Summit Insurance Services, LLC for overall direction in the areas of strategic planning, investment portfolio management, asset/liability management, financial reporting and other financial and administrative services.  Information for each of our segments is included below:

81

	December 31, 2011
	Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands	Banking			Services			Parent			Eliminations			Total
Net interest income	$	41,658		$	-		$	(1,814	)	$	-		$	39,844
Provision for loan losses		10,000			-			-			-			10,000
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		31,658			-			(1,814	)		-			29,844
Other income		(167	)		4,606			2,155			(1,044	)		5,550
Other expenses		25,472			4,216			1,641			(1,044	)		30,285
Income (loss) before income taxes		6,019			390			(1,300	)		-			5,109
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,304			158			(427	)		-			1,035
Net income		4,715			232			(873	)		-			4,074
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			371			-			371
Net income applicable to common shares	$	4,715		$	232		$	(1,244	)	$	-		$	3,703
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(942	)	$	(102	)	$	1,044		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,533		$	7		$	143		$	(213	)	$	1,470

	December 31, 2010
	Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands	Banking			Services			Parent			Eliminations			Total
Net interest income	$	42,069		$	-		$	(1,917	)	$	-		$	40,152
Provision for loan losses		21,350			-			-			-			21,350
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		20,719			-			(1,917	)		-			18,802
Other income		2,713			4,674			1,435			(1,083	)		7,739
Other expenses		26,563			4,258			1,733			(1,083	)		31,471
Income (loss) before income taxes		(3,131	)		416			(2,215	)		-			(4,930	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(2,293	)		167			(829	)		-			(2,955	)
Net income		(838	)		249			(1,386	)		-			(1,975	)
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			297			-			297
Net income applicable to common shares	$	(838	)	$	249		$	(1,683	)	$	-		$	(2,272	)
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(969	)	$	(114	)	$	1,083		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,560,002		$	6,910		$	141,550		$	(196,320	)	$	1,512,142

	December 31, 2009
	Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands	Banking			Services			Parent			Eliminations			Total
Net interest income	$	45,433		$	-		$	(1,891	)	$	-		$	43,542
Provision for loan losses		20,325			-			-			-			20,325
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		25,108			-			(1,891	)		-			23,217
Other income		1,462			4,938			6,457			(6,576	)		6,281
Other expenses		27,427			4,530			6,998			(6,576	)		32,379
Income (loss) before income taxes		(857	)		408			(2,432	)		-			(2,881	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1,420	)		160			(905	)		-			(2,165	)
Net income		563			248			(1,527	)		-			(716	)
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			74			-			74
Net income applicable to common shares	$	563		$	248		$	(1,601	)	$	-		$	(790	)
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(6,462	)	$	(114	)	$	6,576		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,592,969		$	7,323		$	138,003		$	(141,493	)	$	1,596,802

82

NOTE 18. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) follow:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011							2010								2009
				Common							Common								Common
Dollars in thousands,	Income			Shares		Per		Income			Shares		Per			Income			Shares		Per
except per share amounts	(Numerator)			(Denominator)		Share		(Numerator)			(Denominator)		Share			(Numerator)			(Denominator)		Share
Net income	$	4,074						$	(1,975	)						$	(716	)
Less preferred stock dividends		(371	)						(297	)							(74	)
Basic EPS	$	3,703			7,425,472	$	0.50	$	(2,272	)		7,425,472	$	(0.31	)	$	(790	)		7,421,596	$	(0.11	)
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options		-			-				-			-					-			10,076
Series 2009 convertible
preferred stock		297			674,545				-			-					-			-
Series 2011 convertible
preferred stock		74			238,182				-			-					-			-
Diluted EPS	$	4,074			8,338,199	$	0.49	$	(2,272	)		7,425,472	$	(0.31	)	$	(790	)		7,431,672	$	(0.11	)

Stock option grants and the conversion of convertible preferred stock are disregarded in this computation if they are determined to be anti-dilutive.  Our anti-dilutive stock options at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, totaled 312,180 shares, 312,180 shares, and 250,030 shares, respectively.  Our anti-dilutive convertible preferred shares totaled 674,545 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

NOTE 19.         CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

Our investment in our wholly-owned subsidiaries is presented on the equity method of accounting.  Information relative to our balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are presented as follows:

83

Balance Sheets
	December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	8,466	$	4,608
Investment in subsidiaries, eliminated in consolidation		141,098		132,767
Securities available for sale		92		1,173
Premises and equipment		12		33
Accrued interest receivable		2		6
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		43		48
Other assets		1,425		1,050
Total assets	$	151,138	$	139,685
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Short-term borrowings	$	-	$	-
Long-term borrowings		9,929		11,734
Subordinated debentures		16,800		16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to
unconsolidated subsidiary trusts		19,589		19,589
Other liabilities		2,254		1,741
Total liabilities		48,572		49,864
Preferred stock and related surplus, $1.00 par value, authorized 250,000 shares:
Series 2009, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; 3,710 shares issued		3,519		3,519
Series 2011, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; 2011 - 12,000 shares issued		5,807		-
Common stock and related surplus, $2.50 par value, authorized
20,000,000 shares; issued 7,425,472 shares		24,518		24,508
Retained earnings		64,904		61,201
Accumulated other comprehensive income		3,818		593
Total shareholders' equity		102,566		89,821
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	151,138	$	139,685

Statements of Income
	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	500		$	500		$	1,000
Other dividends and interest income		19			17			25
Realized securities gains		1,112			343			-
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		-			-			(215	)
Management and service fees from subsidiaries		1,044			1,083			6,624
Total income		2,675			1,943			7,434
Expense
Interest expense		1,833			1,934			1,916
Operating expenses		1,641			1,724			6,950
Total expenses		3,474			3,658			8,866
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in
undistributed income of subsidiaries		(799	)		(1,715	)		(1,432	)
Income tax (benefit)		(426	)		(829	)		(905	)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income
of subsidiaries		(373	)		(886	)		(527	)
Equity in (distributed) undistributed
income of subsidiaries		4,447			(1,089	)		(189	)
Net income (loss)		4,074			(1,975	)		(716	)
Dividends on preferred shares		371			297			74
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$	3,703		$	(2,272	)	$	(790	)

84

Statements of Cash Flows
	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	4,074		$	(1,975	)	$	(716	)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to
net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in (undistributed) distributed net income of
subsidiaries		(4,447	)		1,089			189
Deferred tax expense		(11	)		(120	)		(146	)
Depreciation		21			113			612
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		-			-			215
Realized securities (gains)		(1,111	)		(343	)		-
Stock compensation expense		10			-			-
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance		5			(11	)		(56	)
(Increase) decrease in other assets		43			(729	)		(1,009	)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		439			883			(178	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(977	)		(1,093	)		(1,089	)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment in subsidiaries		-			(4,824	)		(5,500	)
Proceeds sales of available for sale securities		1,130			356			-
Purchase of available for sale securities		-			-			(37	)
Proceeds from sales of  premises and equipment		-			5,552			-
Purchases of premises and equipment		-			(4	)		(64	)
Proceeds from sale of other assets		-			1,322			-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		1,130			2,402			(5,601	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid to shareholders		-			-			(445	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(297	)		(297	)		-
Exercise of stock options		-			-			43
Reinvested dividends		-			-			12
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings		-			(2,666	)		467
Repayment of long-term borrowings		(1,805	)		(902	)		-
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures		-			-			6,762
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		5,807			-			3,519
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		3,705			(3,865	)		10,358
Increase (decrease) in cash		3,858			(2,556	)		3,668
Cash:
Beginning		4,608			7,164			3,496
Ending	$	8,466		$	4,608		$	7,164
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
FLOW INFORMATION
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	1,832		$	1,941		$	1,936

85

NOTE 20.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

A summary of our unaudited selected quarterly financial data is as follows:

	2011
	First			Second		Third		Fourth
Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts	Quarter			Quarter		Quarter		Quarter
Interest income	$	18,200		$	18,109	$	17,652	$	17,086
Net interest income		10,102			10,160		9,921		9,661
Net income (loss)		(248	)		905		1,936		1,480
Net income applicable to common shares		(322	)		831		1,862		1,331
Basic earnings per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.25	$	0.18
Diluted earnings per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11	$	0.24	$	0.16

	2010
	First		Second			Third			Fourth
Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts	Quarter		Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Interest income	$	20,645	$	20,208		$	19,554		$	19,266
Net interest income		10,232		9,936			9,548			10,437
Net income (loss)		120		(2,878	)		(128	)		910
Net income applicable to common shares		46		(2,952	)		(202	)		836
Basic earnings per share	$	0.01	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.11
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.01	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.11

86

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures:  Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted as of December 31, 2011, an evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e).  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011 were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:  Information required by this item is set forth on page 43.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm:  Information required by this item is set forth on pages 44 and 45.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:  There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter for the year ended December 31, 2011, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None

87

PART III.

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, under the headings “NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2015”, “DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2014, “DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2013”, and “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” and under the captions “Family Relationships” “Director Qualifications and Review of Director Nominees” and “Audit and Compliance Committee” in our 2012 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, and all directors, officers and employees.  We have posted this Code of Ethics on our internet website at www.summitfgi.com under “Governance Documents”.  Any amendments to or waivers from any provision of the Code of Ethics applicable to the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or chief accounting officer will be disclosed by timely posting such information on our internet website.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees since the disclosure of the procedures in our 2011 proxy statement.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” in our 2012 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The following table provides information on our stock option plans as of December 31, 2011.

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (#)		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights  ($)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (#)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders		317,180	$	18.17		350,000
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders		-		-		-
Total		317,180	$	18.17		350,000

The remaining information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers” and under the headings “NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2015”, “DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2014”, “DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE IN 2013”, “PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER” and “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” in our 2012 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this item is set forth under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Independence of Directors and Nominees” in our 2012 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Fees to Arnett & Foster, PLLC” in our 2012 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

88

PART IV.

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statements and financial statement schedules required to be filed by this Form or by Regulation S-X, which are applicable to the Registrant, have been presented in the financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Item 7 or elsewhere in this filing where appropriate.  The listing of exhibits follows:

				Incorporated by Reference*
Exhibit Number		Exhibit Description	Filed Herewith	Form	Exhibit	Filing Date
(3)  Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws:
	(i)	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Summit Financial Group, Inc.		10-Q	3.i	3/31/2006
	(ii)	Articles of Amendment 2009		8-K	3.1	9/30/2009
	(iii)	Articles of Amendment 2011		8-K	3.1	11/03/2011
	(iv)	Amended and Restated By-laws of Summit Financial Group, Inc.		10-Q	3.2	6/30/2006
(10)  Material Contracts
	(i)	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		10-K	10.1	12/31/2008
	(ii)	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		8-K	10.1	02/04/2010
	(iii)	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		8-K	10.1	12/14/2010
	(iv)	Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		8-K	10.1	02/23/2012
	(v)	Change in Control Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		10-K	10.2	12/31/2008
	(vi)	Executive Salary Continuation Agreement with H. Charles Maddy, III		10-K	10.3	12/31/2008
	(vii)	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into with Robert S. Tissue, Patrick N. Frye and Scott C. Jennings		10-K	10.4	12/31/2008
	(viii)	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Patrick N. Frye	X
	(ix)	Form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreement entered into with Robert S. Tissue, Patrick N. Frye and Scott C. Jennings		10-K	10.5	12/31/2008
	(x)	Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Douglas T. Mitchell		10-Q	10.1	03/31/2011
	(xi)	First Amendment to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement with Douglas T. Mitchell	X
	(xii)	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Brad Ritchie	X
	(xiii)	Executive Salary Continuation Agreement with Brad Ritchie	X
	(xiv)	Form of Executive Salary Continuation Agreement entered into with Ronald F. Miller and C. David Robertson		10-K	10.9	12/31/2008
	(xv)	Form of Indemnification Agreement  between Summit and each Director of Summit		8-K	1.01	02/12/2009
	(xvi)	1998 Officers Stock Option Plan		10-QSB	10	06/30/1998
	(xvii)	Board Attendance and Compensation Policy, as amended		10-K	10.13	12/31/2010
	(xviii)	Summit Financial Group, Inc. Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.10	12/31/2005
	(xix)	Amendment No. 1 to Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.11	12/31/2005
	(xx)	Amendment No. 2 to Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.14	12/31/2008

89

				Incorporated by Reference*
Exhibit Number		Exhibit Description	Filed Herewith	Form	Exhibit	Filing Date
	(xxi)	Summit Community Bank, Inc. Amended and Restated Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.15	12/31/2008
	(xxii)	Rabbi Trust for The Summit Financial Group, Inc. Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.16	12/31/2008
	(xxiii)	Amendment No. One to Rabbi Trust for Summit Financial Group, Inc. Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.17	12/31/2008
	(xxiv)	Amendment No. One to Rabbi Trust for Summit Community Bank, Inc. (successor in interest to Capital State Bank, Inc.) Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.18	12/31/2008
	(xxv)	Amendment No. One to Rabbi Trust for Summit Community Bank, Inc. (successor in interest to Shenandoah Valley National Bank, Inc.) Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.19	12/31/2008
	(xxvi)	Amendment No. One to Rabbi Trust for Summit Community Bank, Inc. (successor in interest to South Branch Valley National Bank) Directors Deferral Plan		10-K	10.20	12/31/2008
	(xxvii)	Summit Financial Group, Inc. Incentive Plan		8-K	10.2	12/14/2007
	(xxviii)	Summit Community Bank Incentive Compensation Plan		8-K	10.4	12/14/2007
	(xxix)	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement		10-Q	10.3	03/31/2006
	(xxx)	Form of First Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement		10-Q	10.4	03/31/2006
	(xxxi)	2009 Officer Stock Option Plan		8-K	10.1	05/14/2009
(12)	Statements Re:  Computation of Ratios			10-K	12	12/31/2008
(21)	Subsidiaries of Registrant			10-K	21	12/31/2008
(23)	Consent of Arnett & Foster, P.L.L.C		X
(24)	Power of Attorney		X
(31.1)	Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer		X
(31.2)	Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer		X
(32.1)**	Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer		X
(32.2)**	Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer		X
(101)***	Interactive data file (XBRL)		X

*        The SEC reference number for all exhibits incorporated by reference is 0-16587.

**      Furnished, not filed.

        ***   As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

90

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

  a West Virginia Corporation

(registrant)

By:    /s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                                        3/1/2012                                                                                     By:    /s/ Julie R. Cook                            3/1/2012

         H. Charles Maddy, III                                                   Date                                                          Julie R. Cook                               Date

         President & Chief Executive Officer                                                                                                                                     Vice President &

                                                                                            Chief Accounting Officer

By:    /s/ Robert S. Tissue                                                 3/1/2012

         Robert S. Tissue                                                           Date

         Senior Vice President &

         Chief Financial Officer

The Directors of Summit Financial Group, Inc. executed a power of attorney appointing Robert S. Tissue and/or Julie R. Cook their attorneys-in-fact, empowering them to sign this report on their behalf.

By:   /s/ Robert S. Tissue                                                 3/1/2012

        Robert S. Tissue                                                           Date

        Attorney-in-fact

91

EX-10.8

EXHIBIT 10.8

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”), is entered into as of the 3rd day of January, 2012, by and between SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. (“Summit FGI”) and PATRICK N. FRYE (“Employee”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Summit FGI and Employee entered into that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of the 31st day of December, 2008 and effective as of January 3, 2006

WHEREAS, Summit FGI and Employee agree that the current term of the Employment Agreement should be extended until March 5, 2012 and desire to enter into this First Amendment to evidence their agreed modification of the Employment Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants, agreements and undertakings, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1.           Paragraph 2 of the Employment Agreement shall be amended so that the current term of the Employment Agreement, which concludes on January 3, 2012, shall be extended until March 5, 2012.

2.           Except as expressly provided above with regard to the current term of the Employment Agreement, all terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, as the same may be supplemented, modified, amended or extended from time to time, remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

By:   /s/  H. Charles Maddy, III      

Its:   President & CEO          

  /s/  Patrick N. Frye       

                                                                       Patrick N. Frye

EX-10.11

EXHIBIT 10.11

FIRST AMENDMENT TO JANUARY 1, 2008 EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO JANUARY 1, 2008 EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”), is entered into as of this 14th day of June, 2011, by and between SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. (“Summit”), and DOUGLAS T. MITCHELL (“Employee”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Summit and Employee entered into that certain Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated as of the 1st day of January 2008 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Summit and Employee desire to enter into this First Amendment to evidence their agreed modification of the Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants, agreement and undertakings, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1.   Amendment to Paragraph IV.  Paragraph IV of the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows, effective as of the date first written above:

IV.   RETIREMENT BENEFIT AND POST-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT

Upon attainment of the Retirement Date, (as set forth in Subparagraph III [A.] subject to the provisions of Paragraph IX,) the Company shall pay the Executive an annual benefit equal to One Hundred Twenty Five Thousand ($125,000), the “Retirement Benefit.”  Said Retirement Benefit shall be paid in equal monthly installments (1/12th of the annual benefit) until the death of the Executive.  Said payment shall commence the first day of the month following (i) the date of such Separation from Service, or (ii) if applicable, in accordance with the Restriction on Timing of Distribution, whichever is later.  Upon the death of the Executive after attainment of the Retirement Date, (as set forth in III [A.] subject to the provisions of Paragraph IX,) if there is a balance in the accrued liability retirement account, an amount equal to such balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the Executive’s death.

2.   Amendment Controls Over Agreement.  Unless otherwise expressly amended herein, all terms and conditions of the Agreement, as the same may be supplemented, modified, amended or extended from time to time, remain in full force and effect.  This First Amendment shall control to the extent any conflict or ambiguity arises between the Agreement and this First Amendment, as the case may be.

3.   Authority.  The undersigned are duly authorized by all required action or agreement to enter into this First Amendment.

4.   Modification to Agreement.  The right to amend the Agreement and the First Amendment further is reserved by the parties and this First Amendment may be amended or modified only by an instrument or document in writing signed by the person or entity against whom enforcement is sought.

5.   Governing Law.  This First Amendment, and any documents executed in connection herewith or as required hereunder, and the rights and obligations of the undersigned hereto and thereto, shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of West Virginia.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

         SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

By:    /s/ H. Charles Maddy III   

      Its:  President & CEO

/s/ Douglas T. Mitchell      

                                         DOUGLAS T. MITCHELL

EX-10.12

EXHIBIT 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Employment Agreement”) is made and entered into on this 26 day of December, 2008, effective as of the 1st day of July, 2008, by and among SUMMIT COMMUNITY BANK, INC. (the “Bank”), SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. (“Summit FGI”) and BRADFORD E.  RITCHIE (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the Bank has offered employment to Employee subject to certain terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and Employee has indicated his willingness to accept such employment,

WHEREAS, Employee, Summit FGI and Bank executed an employment agreement July 7, 2008, effective as of July 1, 2008;

WHEREAS, under Paragraph 18 said employment agreement may be modified by a writing signed by all the parties thereto; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto, in the interests of clarity and for other reasons stated herein, and for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), wish to amend and restate this Employment Agreement, provided that, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Employment Agreement, this amendment applies only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and shall not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in such year, and to the extent necessary to qualify under Transition Relief issued under said Code Section 409A to not be treated as a change in the form and timing of a payment under section 409A(a)(4) or an acceleration of a payment under section 409A(a)(3), Employee, by executing this Employment Agreement, shall be deemed to have elected the timing and form of distribution provisions of this Employment Agreement, and to otherwise further revise the Employment Agreement all on or before December 31, 2008.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein contained, the Bank, Summit FGI and Employee contract and agree as follows:

1.           Definitions.  The following definitions in addition to any terms otherwise defined herein, shall apply to designated phrases used in this Employment Agreement.

(a) “Change of Control”  shall mean with respect to (i) Bank, Summit FGI or an Affiliate for whom the Employee is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) Bank, Summit FGI or any Affiliate that is liable for the payment to the Employee hereunder (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the deferred compensation is attributable to the performance of service by the Employee for Bank, Summit FGI or such corporation (or corporations) or there is a bona fide business purpose for Bank, Summit FGI or such corporation or corporations to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making Bank, Summit FGI or such corporation or corporations liable for such payment is the avoidance of Federal Income tax; or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this Paragraph, or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this Paragraph, a Change in Ownership or Effective Control or a Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Assets of a Corporation as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder, meeting the requirements of a “Change in Control Event” thereunder.

(b) “Salary” means Employee’s average of annual base salary for the two full year periods immediately prior to the date of the consummation of a Change of Control or for two full year periods immediately preceding the date of Separation from Service, whichever is greater.

(c) “Good Cause” includes (i) Employee’s commission of any act constituting theft, intentional wrongdoing or fraud; (ii) the conviction of the Employee of a felony criminal offense in either state or federal court; or (iii) any single act by Employee constituting gross negligence or that causes material harm to the reputation, financial condition or property of Summit FGI or the Bank.

(d) “Disability” means unable as a result of a physical or mental condition to perform Employee’s normal duties as Charleston Area President from day to day in Employee’s usual capacity.

(e) “Retirement” means Separation from Service by Employee in accordance with Summit FGI’s and/or the Bank’s retirement plan, including early retirement as approved by the Board of Directors of Summit FGI and/or the Bank.

(f) “Good Reason” means a Change of Control in Summit FGI and/or the Bank and the occurrence of one or more of the following events prior to the expiration of twenty-four (24) months after consummation of the Change of Control:

(i) a material decrease in the total amount of Employee’s base salary below its level in effect on the date of consummation of the Change of Control, without Employee’s prior written consent; or

(ii) a material reduction in Employee’s job duties and responsibilities without Employee’s prior written consent; or

(iii) a material geographical relocation of Employee without Employee’s prior written consent, which shall be deemed to mean relocation to an office more than twenty (20) miles from Employee’s location at the time of the Change of Control; or

(iv) failure of Summit FGI and/or the Bank to obtain assumption of this Employment Agreement by its/their successor, which shall be deemed a material breach of this Employment Agreement; or

(v) any purported termination of Employee’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a notice of termination required in Paragraph 17 of this Employment Agreement, which shall be deemed a material breach of this Employment Agreement.

Provided, that Employee provides notice to the Bank of the existence of the occurring condition described in this Paragraph 1(f)  no later than ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence thereof, and the Bank fails to correct or remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

(g) “Wrongful Termination” means termination of Employee’s employment prior to the expiration of twenty-four (24) months after consummation of a Change of Control for any reason other than at Employee’s option, Good Cause or the death, Disability or Retirement of Employee.

(h) “Separation from Service” means the severance of Employee’s employment with the Bank, Summit FGI, or any other affiliate for any reason.  Employee separates from service with the Bank, Summit FGI or any other affiliate if he dies, retires, separates from service because of the Employee’s Disability, or otherwise has a termination of employment with the the Bank, Summit FGI or any other affiliate.  However, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while Employee is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as Employee’s right to reemployment with the the Bank, Summit FGI or any other affiliate is provided either by statute or by contract.  If the period of leave exceeds six months and Employee’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, where such impairment causes the employee to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, a 29-month period of absence may be substituted for such six-month period.  In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the term “Separation from Service” shall be interpreted under this Employment Agreement in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A including, but not limited to

(i) an examination of the relevant facts and circumstances, as set forth in Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder, in the case of any performance of services or availability to perform services after a purported termination or Separation from Service;

(ii) in any instance in which such Employee is participating or has at any time participated in any other plan which is, under the aggregation rules of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, aggregated with this Employment Agreement and with respect to which amounts deferred hereunder and under such other plan or plans are treated as deferred under a single plan, (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an “Aggregated Plan” or together as the “Aggregated Plans,”) then in such instance Employee shall only be considered to meet the requirements of a Separation from Service hereunder if such Employee meets (a) the requirements of a Separation from Service under all such Aggregated Plans and (b) the requirements of a Separation from Service under this Employment Agreement which would otherwise apply;

(iii) in any instance in which Employee is an employee and an independent contractor of the Bank, Summit FGI or any other affiliate or any combination thereof, Employee must have a Separation from Service in all such capacities to meet the requirements of a Separation from Service hereunder, although, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee provides services both as an employee and a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, Summit FGI or any other affiliate or any combination thereof, the services provided as a director are not taken into account in determining whether the Employee has had a Separation from Service as an employee under this Employment Agreement, provided that no plan in which such Employee participates or has participated in his capacity as a director is an Aggregated Plan; and

(iv) a determination of whether a Separation from Service has occurred shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)(4) or any similar or successor law, regulation or guidance of like import, in the event of an asset purchase transaction as described therein.

2.           Special Rules.  The following special rules shall apply to this Employment Agreement.

(a) Date Payments Deemed Made.  In accordance with Code Section 409A and to the extent permitted by said Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, any payment to or on behalf of Employee under this Employment Agreement shall be treated as having been made on a date specified in this Employment Agreement if it is made on a later date within Employee’s same taxable year as the designated date, or, if later, if made no later than the fifteenth day of the third month after such designated dateprovided that, in any event, Employee is not permitted, directly or indirectly, to designate the taxable year of any payment.

(b) Six-Month Delay.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Employment Agreement, if Employee is a Specified Employee (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) on Employee’s date of Separation from Service, then if any payment of deferred compensation (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) is to be made upon or based upon Employee’s Separation from Service other than by death, under any provision of this Employment Agreement, and such payment of deferred compensation is to be made within six months after Employee’s date of Separation from Service, other than by death, then such payment shall instead be made on the date which is six months after such Separation from Service of Employee (other than by death,) provided further, however, that in the case of any payment of deferred compensation which is to be made in installments, with the first such installment to be paid on or within six months after the date of Separation from Service other than by death, then in such event all such installments which would have otherwise been paid within the date which is six months after such Separation from Service of Employee (other than by death) shall be delayed, aggregated, and paid, notwithstanding any other provision of this Employment Agreement, on the date which is six months after such Separation from Service of Employee (other than by death), with the remaining installments to continue thereafter until fully paid hereunder.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, or any other provision of this Employment Agreement, no payment of deferred compensation upon or based upon Separation from Service may be made under this Employment Agreement before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of death, if Employee is a Specified Employee on Employee’s date of Separation from Service.  This Paragraph 2(b) shall only apply to delay the payment of deferred compensation to Specified Employees as required by Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

3.           Term.  The term of this Employment Agreement shall be for two (2) years beginning on July 1, 2008, unless one of the parties terminates this Employment Agreement as provided herein.  Absent termination by one of the parties as provided in this Employment Agreement, the term of this Employment Agreement shall automatically be extended for unlimited additional one (1) year term(s), in which case any such term shall end one (1) year from the date on which it is last renewed.

4.           Duties.  Employee shall perform and have all of the duties and responsibilities that may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank as Charleston Area President.  Employee shall devote his best efforts on a full-time basis to the performance of such duties.

5.           Compensation and Benefits.  During the term of this Employment Agreement, including any extensions, the Bank agrees that Employee’s compensation and benefits shall be as follows:

(a) Base Salary and Signing Bonus.  Employee’s base salary as of the effective date of this Employment Agreement is $185,000 per year.  Employee shall be considered for salary increases on the basis of merit on an annual basis, with any future increases subject to the sole discretion of the Bank.

(b) Bonus.  In addition to the base salary provided for herein, Employee shall be eligible for incentive-based bonuses subject to goals and criteria to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank and/or Summit FGI; provided, however, that any such plans, if required to be aggregated for Code Section 409A purposes with this Agreement or any other agreement between Employee and Summit FGI, Bank, or any affiliate, shall not cause this Agreement to violate Code Section 409A or the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

(c) Paid Leave.  Employee shall be entitled to all paid leave as provided by the Bank to other similarly-situated employees.

(d) Fringe Benefits.  Except as specified below, the Bank shall afford to Employee the benefit of all fringe benefits afforded to all other similarly-situated employees of the Bank, including but not limited to retirement plans, stock ownership or stock option plans, life insurance, disability, health and accident insurance benefits or any other fringe benefit plan now existing or hereinafter adopted by the Bank, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.  Provided, that any such plans, if required to be aggregated for Code Section 409A purposes with this Employment Agreement or any other agreement between Employee and Summit FGI, Bank, or any affiliate, shall not cause this Agreement to violate Code Section 409A or the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

(e) Business Expenses.  The Bank shall reimburse Employee for reasonable expenses incurred by Employee in carrying out his duties and responsibilities, all provided such expense is incurred by Employee prior to Separation from Service, including but not limited to reimbursing civic club organization dues, monthly country club dues and reasonable expenses for customer entertainment.  The reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made by Bank no later than the last day of Employee’s taxable year during which the expense was incurred, or if later, the fifteenth day of the third month after such expense was incurred, and Employee is required to request reimbursement and substantiate any such expense no later than ten days prior to the last date on which Bank is required to provide reimbursement for such expense hereunder.  The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Paragraph 5(e) during Employee’s taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  The right to reimbursement under this Paragraph 5(e) is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  In addition, the right to reimbursement of eligible expenses under this Paragraph 5(e) is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.

6.           At-Will Employment.  This Employment Agreement does not alter the fact that the employment of Employee may be terminated without cause by either Employee or the Bank at any time.  Any such termination in and of itself shall not be viewed as a breach of this Employment Agreement; rather, the Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits and be subject to all of the obligations of this Employment Agreement according to its terms.

7.           Termination for Other than Good Cause.

(a) If the Bank terminates Employee’s employment for other than Good Cause, resulting in Employee’s Separation from Service, and Paragraph 9 of this Employment Agreement does not apply, the Bank hereby agrees to pay Employee a cash payment equal to one (1) year of Employee’s Salary, as severance, and said cash payment shall be paid in a lump sum on the date of Employee’s Separation from Service hereunder, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.

(b) If the Bank terminates Employee’s employment for other than Good Cause, resulting in Employee’s Separation from Service,  and Paragraph 9 of this Employment Agreement does not apply, then for the period beginning on the date of Employee’s Separation from Service hereunder and ending on the last date of the term of this Agreement then in effect, Employee will be entitled to receive his reasonable share of Summit FGI’s and/or the Bank’s cash bonuses earned as of the last day of employment, if any, allocated in accordance with existing policies and procedures and authorized by the Board of Directors of Summit FGI and/or the Bank; any such bonus so paid to Employee hereunder for any quarter shall be paid on the last day of the quarter to which such bonus relates, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.  The amount of Employee’s cash incentive award shall not be reduced due to Employee not being actively employed for the full period.

(c) The severance compensation set forth in this Paragraph 7 shall not be duplicative of any compensation to which Employee may be entitled pursuant to Paragraph 9 of this Employment Agreement.  In the event that Employee is entitled to compensation pursuant to Paragraph 9 of this Employment Agreement, this Paragraph 7 shall not apply.

8.           Termination for Good Cause.  Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9 below, if Employee terminates his employment with the Bank for any reason or the Bank terminates Employee’s employment for Good Cause, Employee shall not be entitled to any compensation other than that which is earned and payable as of the date of Separation from Service, which shall be paid to Employee in accordance with normal  payroll procedures.

9.           Termination for Good Reason or Wrongful Termination.

(a) Except as hereinafter provided, if Employee terminates his employment with the Bank for Good Reason or the Bank terminates Employee’s employment in a manner constituting Wrongful Termination, resulting in Employee’s Separation from Service,  the Bank hereby agrees to pay Employee a cash payment equal to Employee’s Salary, on a monthly basis, multiplied by the number of months between the date of Separation from Service and the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the earlier of (i) the date of Separation from Service and(ii) the date of consummation of Change in Control; provided that in no event shall Employee receive a lump sum payment that is less than 100% of his annual base salary and said cash payment shall be paid in a lump sum on the date of Employee’s Separation from Service hereunder, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.

(b) If  Employee terminates his employment with the Bank for Good Reason or the Bank terminates Employee’s employment in a manner constituting Wrongful Termination, resulting in Employee’s Separation from Service, then for the period beginning on the date of Employee’s Separation from Service hereunder and ending on the last date of the term of this Employment Agreement then in effect, Employee will be entitled to receive his reasonable share of Summit FGI’s and/or the Bank’s cash bonuses earned as of the last day of employment, if any, allocated in accordance with existing policies and procedures and authorized by the Board of Directors of Summit FGI and/or the Bank; any such bonus so paid to Employee hereunder for any quarter shall be paid on the last day of the quarter to which such bonus relates, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.  The amount of Employee’s cash incentive award shall not be reduced due to Employee not being actively employed for the full period.

(c) If compensation pursuant to Paragraph 9(a) is payable, Employee will continue to participate, without discrimination, for the number of months between the date of Separation from Service and the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the date of the consummation of the Change of Control in (i) any medical insurance plan maintained after any Change of Control for employees, in general, of Summit FGI and/or the Bank and/or any successor organization(s), provided Employee’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and conditions of such plan, and provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph 9(c), such participation in such plan shall be limited to the shorter of (a) the number of months between the date of Separation from Service and the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the date of the consummation of the Change of Control and (b) the period of time, if any, during which the Employee would be entitled (or would but for this Agreement, be entitled) to continuation coverage under a group health plan of Bank under Code Section 4980B (sometimes referred to as “COBRA”) if the service provider elected such coverage and paid the applicable premiums, and (ii) any disability insurance plan maintained after any Change of Control for employees, in general, of Summit FGI and/or the Bank and/or any successor organization(s), provided Employee’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and conditions of such plan.  In the event Employee’s participation in any such plan is barred, Summit FGI and/or the Bank shall arrange to provide Employee with benefits substantially similar to those which Employee would have been entitled had his participation not been barred, but only for the respective periods of time specified in the preceding sentence.  However, in no event will Employee receive from Summit FGI and/or the Bank the employee benefits contemplated by this section if Employee receives comparable benefits from any other source.  Also, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Paragraph 9(c), (i) any expenses eligible for reimbursement hereunder, or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year of Employee may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense under this Paragraph 9(c) must be made on or before the last day of the Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred, (iii) no rights to reimbursement or in-kind benefits under this Paragraph 9(c) shall be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit, and (iv) benefits provided under this Paragraph 9(c) shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2(b) to the extent applicable.

(d) The compensation set forth in this Paragraph 9 shall not be duplicative of any compensation to which Employee may be entitled pursuant to Paragraph 7 of this Employment Agreement.

10.           Other Employment.  Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Employment Agreement by seeking other employment.  The amount of any payment provided for in this Employment Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned or benefits provided (except as set forth in Paragraph 9(c) above) as the result of employment by another employer after the date of termination.

11.           Rights of Summit FGI Prior to the Change of Control.  This Employment Agreement shall not affect the right of Summit FGI or the Bank to terminate Employee, or to reduce the salary or benefits of Employee, with or without Good Cause, prior to any Change of Control; provided, however, any termination resulting in Employee’s Separation from Service for any reason other than at Employee’s option, Good Cause or the death, Disability or Retirement of Employee that takes place before any Change of Control but after discussions have commenced that result in a Change of Control shall be presumed to be a Wrongful Termination, absent clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

12.           Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.  In consideration of the covenants set forth herein, including but not limited to the compensation set forth in Paragraphs 5, 7 and 9 above, Employee agrees as follows:

(a) For the entire duration of Employee’s employment with the Bank and/or Summit FGI, and for two (2) years following the termination under Paragraphs 8 or 9 of this Employment Agreement or for one (1) year following the termination under Paragraph 7 of this Employment Agreement (the “Restricted Period”), Employee shall not (i) within a seventy-five (75) mile radius of the Bank location in which Employee worked directly or indirectly engage in any business or activity of any nature whatsoever that is competitive with the business of the Bank and/or Summit FGI or (ii) sell or solicit the sale of, any services related thereto, directly or indirectly, to any of the Bank’s customers or clients within the State of West Virginia, the Commonwealth of Virginia or any other states in which the Bank and/or Summit FGI conduct such business or sells services in the future.

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, during the Restricted Period Employee shall not serve as a proprietor, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, sales representative or consultant for any organization, company or business entity of any type that engages in any business or activity of any nature whatsoever, that engages in any activity described in Paragraph 12(a) above provided however that this provision will not prohibit Employee from (i) owning bonds, non-voting preferred stock or up to five percent (5%) of the outstanding common stock of any such entity if such common stock is publicly traded, or (ii) accepting a position with a nationally- recognized professional services firm, provided that in such capacity, Employee does not render services, directly or indirectly, to any client or customer of such firm that engages in any business or activity described in Paragraph 12(a), above.

(c) Employee acknowledges and agrees that in the event of the breach or threatened breach of this provision, the harm and damages that will be suffered by Summit FGI and the Bank are not susceptible of calculation or determination with a reasonable degree of certainty, and cannot be fully remedied by an award of money damages or other remedy at law.  Employee further acknowledges and agrees that considering Employee’s relevant background, education and experience, Employee will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions.  In addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Summit FGI and/or the Bank in the event of any threatened, actual or continuing breach of this covenant not to compete, Employee consents to and acknowledges Summit FGI and/or the Bank’s right and option to seek and obtain in any court of competent jurisdiction a preliminary and/or permanent injunction in respect of any threatened, actual or continuing breach of the covenant not to compete set forth herein.

(d) In the event that this provision shall be deemed by any court or body of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of its extending for too long a period of time, or too great a geographical area or over too great a range of activities, or overly broad in any other respect or for any other reason, then and in such event this Employment Agreement shall be deemed modified and interpreted to extend over only such maximum period of time, geographical area or range of activities, or otherwise, so as to render these provisions valid and enforceable, and as so modified, these provisions shall be enforceable and enforced.

(e) The Paragraph 12 shall not apply in any respect to Employee in the event of the consummation of a Change in Control unless Employee agrees otherwise in writing.

13.           Confidential Information.

(a) Employee agrees not to use, publish or otherwise disclose (except as Employee’s Bank duties may require), either during or at any time subsequent to his/her employment, any secret, proprietary or confidential information or data of the Bank and/or Summit FGI or any information or data of others that the Bank and/or Summit FGI are obligated to maintain in confidence.  Employee understands that the use, publication or other disclosure of such information may violate privacy rights, as well as expose the Bank and/or Summit FGI to financial loss, competitive disadvantage and/or embarrassment.  Employee also understands that it is Employee’s duty to take adequate care to ensure that such secret, proprietary or confidential information is not used, published or otherwise disclosed by others.

(b) Employee also agrees upon any termination of his/her employment to deliver to the Bank promptly all items that belong to the Bank and/or Summit FGI or that by their nature are for the use of employees of the Bank and/or Summit FGI only, including, without limitation, all written and other materials that are of a secret, proprietary or confidential nature relating to the business of the Bank, Summit FGI and/or Summit FGI’s affiliates.  All business developed and produced by Employee while in the employ of Summit FGI and/or the Bank is the exclusive property of Summit FGI and/or the Bank unless specifically excluded in this Agreement.  Employee shall not, during the term of this Agreement or any time thereafter, intentionally interfere with any business or contractual relationship of Summit FGI and/or the Bank.

(c) For purposes of this Employment Agreement, the terms “secret” or confidential” are used in the ordinary sense and do not refer to official security classifications of the United States Government.  Without limitation, examples of materials, information and data that are considered to be of a secret or confidential nature are for purposes of this Employment Agreement include but are not limited to drawings, manuals, customer lists, notebooks, reports, models, inventions, formulas, processes, machines, compositions, computer programs, accounting methods, business plan, bonus programs and information systems including such materials, information and data that are in machine-readable form.

14.           No Prior Obligation:  Other than this Employment Agreement, Employee represents that there are no agreements, covenants or arrangements, whether written or oral, in effect which would prevent him from rendering service to Summit FGI and/or the Bank during the term of this employment and he has not made and will not make any commitments, become associated, either directly or indirectly, in any manner, as partner, officer, director, stockholder, advisor, employee or in any other capacity in any business or organization, unless such activity complies with Summit FGI’s Code of Ethics.  Employee expressly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Summit FGI and the Bank and their affiliates, and Summit FGI’s and the Bank’s and their affiliates’ directors, officers and employees from any and all liability resulting from or arising under the breach of this representation and warranty.  This indemnification is in addition to and not in substitution of rights Summit FGI and/or the Bank may have against Employee at common law or otherwise.

15.           Successors; Binding Agreement; Exclusive Remedy.

(a) Summit FGI and/or the Bank will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Summit FGI and/or the Bank, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Employment Agreement.

(b) This Employment Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees.  If Employee should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Employment Agreement to Employee’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Employee’s estate.

(c) This Employment Agreement shall represent the exclusive and only remedy of Employee in the event a termination occurs after a Change in Control.  Summit FGI, the Bank and Employee agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to either party should Employee be terminated or terminate his employment during the term of this Employment Agreement.  Summit FGI, the Bank and Employee agree that the payment provided herein is reasonable and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties at the time of entering this Employment Agreement, and with due regard to future expectations.

16.           Arbitration.  Except for any dispute arising out of the obligations set forth in Paragraph 12 of this Employment Agreement, any dispute between the parties arising out of or with respect to this Employment Agreement or any of its provisions or Employee’s employment with the Bank shall be resolved by the sole and exclusive remedy of binding arbitration.  Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the arbitration shall be conducted in Moorefield, West Virginia under the auspices of, and in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Any decision issued by an arbitrator in accordance with this provision shall be final and binding on the parties thereto and not subject to appeal or civil litigation.

17.           Notice.  For the purposes of this Employment Agreement, notices, demands and other communications provided for in the Employment Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by the United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Employee:  119 Cornwall Lane, Charleston, WV  25314

If to the Bank:  PO Box 680, Moorefield, WV  26836

If to Summit FGI:  PO Box 179, Moorefield, WV  26836

or such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

18.           Miscellaneous.  No provisions of this Employment Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and authorized officers of Summit FGI and the Bank, all provided that (i) no modification,waiver or discharge shall be effective if it would, if effective, cause this Employment Agreement to violate Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder or cause any amount of compensation or payment hereunder to be subject to a penalty tax under Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, which amount of compensation or payment would not have been subject to a penalty tax under Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder in the absence of such modification,waiver or discharge, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph 18 are irrevocable.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provisions of this Employment Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time.

19.           Validity.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Employment Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Employment Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Employment Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 SUMMIT COMMUNITY BANK, INC.

 By:    /s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                   

 Its:       Co-Chairman                                     

 SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 By:    /s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                  

 Its:     President                                             

       /s/ Bradford E. Ritchie                             

 BRADFORD E. RITCHIE

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2009

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 23rd day of February, 2012, by and between Summit Community Bank, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”), and Bradford E. Ritchie, an Executive of the Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is and continues to be a valued Executive of the Bank who is a member of a select group of management or a highly-compensated employee of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the purpose of this Executive Salary Continuation Agreement (“Agreement” or “Executive Plan”) is to further the growth and development of the Bank by providing the Executive with supplemental retirement income, and thereby encourage the Executive’s productive efforts on behalf of the Bank and the Bank’s shareholders, and to align the interests of the Executive and those shareholders;

WHEREAS, it is the desire of the Bank and the Executive to enter into this Agreement under which the Bank will agree to make certain payments to the Executive at retirement or the Executive’s Beneficiary in the event of the Executive’s death pursuant to this Agreement;

ACCORDINGLY, it is intended that the Agreement be “unfunded” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and not be construed to provide income to the participant or beneficiary under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), particularly Section 409A of the Code and guidance or regulations issued thereunder, prior to actual receipt of benefits; and

THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

I.   EFFECTIVE DATE

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Effective Date of this Agreement shall be January 1, 2009.

II.           FRINGE BENEFITS

The salary continuation benefits provided by this Agreement are granted by the Bank as a fringe benefit to the Executive and are not part of any salary reduction plan or an arrangement deferring a bonus or a salary increase.  The Executive has no option to take any current payment or bonus in lieu of these salary continuation benefits except as set forth hereinafter.

III.           DEFINITIONS

A. Retirement Date:

If the Executive remains in the continuous employ of the Bank until at least the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, (except as otherwise set forth in Paragraph IX,) and provided that no determination of Disability of Executive, at any time prior to Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, has been made, (regardless of any return to active service of Executive subsequent to any such determination of Disability,) the Executive’s Retirement Date shall be the date on which the Executive attains the age of sixty-five (65) years or has a Separation from Service, whichever is later.

B. Normal Retirement Age:

Normal Retirement Age shall mean the date on which the Executive attains age sixty-five (65).

C.           Plan Year:

Any reference to “Plan Year” shall mean a calendar year from January 1 to December 31.  In the year of implementation, the term “Plan Year” shall mean the period from the effective date to December 31 of the year of the effective date.

D.           Termination of Employment:

Termination of Employment shall mean voluntary resignation of employment by the Executive, or the Bank’s discharge of the Executive without cause (i.e., a discharge of the Executive by the Bank that does not satisfy the definition of discharge “for cause” set forth in Subparagraph III [F]).

E.           Separation from Service:

“Separation from Service” shall mean that the Executive has experienced a Termination of Employment from the Bank.  However, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Executive is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Executive’s right to reemployment with the Bank or any Affiliate is provided either by statute or by contract.  If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Executive’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, where such impairment causes the Executive to be unable to perform the duties of his position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, a 29-month period of absence may be substituted for such six-month period.  In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the term “Separation from Service” shall be interpreted under this Agreement in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A including, but not limited to:

(i) an examination of the relevant facts and circumstances, as set forth in Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder, in the case of any performance of services or availability to perform services after a purported Termination of Employment or Separation from Service,

(ii) in any instance in which Executive is participating or has at any time participated in any other plan which is, under the aggregation rules of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, aggregated with this Agreement and with respect to which amounts deferred hereunder and under such other plan or plans are treated as deferred under a single plan, (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an “Aggregated Plan” or together as the “Aggregated Plans,”) then in such instance Executive shall only be considered to meet the requirements of a Separation from Service hereunder if Executive meets (a) the requirements of a Separation from Service under all such Aggregated Plans and (b) the requirements of a Separation from Service under this Plan which would otherwise apply,

 (iii) in any instance in which Executive is an employee and an independent contractor of the Bank or any Affiliate or both the Executive must have a Separation from Service in all such capacities to meet the requirements of a Separation from Service hereunder, although, notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive provides services both as an employee and a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank or any Affiliate or both or any combination thereof, the services provided as a director are not taken into account in determining whether the Executive has had a Separation from Service as an employee under this Plan, provided that no  plan in which Executive participates or has participated in his or her capacity as a director is an Aggregated Plan and

(iv) a determination of whether a Separation from Service has occurred shall be made in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)(4) or any similar or successor law, regulation or guidance of like import, in the event of an asset purchase transaction as described therein.

     F.           Discharge for Cause:

The term “for cause” shall mean for the conviction of Executive for commission of a felony against the Bank or any Affiliate.  If a dispute arises as to discharge “for cause,” such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as set forth in this Executive Plan.  In the alternative, if the Executive is permitted to resign due to conviction of a felony as described above, the Board of Directors may vote to deny all benefits.  A majority decision by the Board of Directors is required for forfeiture of the Executive’s benefits under the preceding sentence.

     G.           Change of Control:

“Change of Control” shall mean with respect to (i) the Bank or an Affiliate for whom the Executive is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the Bank or any Affiliate that is liable for the payment to the Executive hereunder (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable) but only if either the deferred compensation is attributable to the performance of service by the Executive for such corporation (or corporations) or there is a bona fide business purpose for such corporation or corporations to be liable for such payment and, in either case, no significant purpose of making such corporation or corporations liable for such payment is the avoidance of Federal Income tax; or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this section, or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this section, a Change in Ownership or Effective Control or a Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Assets of a Corporation as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder, meeting the requirements of a “Change in Control Event” thereunder.

      H.           Restriction on Timing of Distribution:

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, distributions of deferred compensation (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) under this Plan to the Executive may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of a Separation from Service if, pursuant to Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder, the Executive is considered a “specified employee” of the Bank if any stock of the Bank or any parent thereof is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.  In the event a distribution of deferred compensation under this Plan is delayed pursuant to this paragraph, the originally scheduled payment shall be delayed until six months after the date of Separation from Service and shall commence instead on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, as follows:  if payments are scheduled under this Plan to be made in installments, all such installment payments which would have otherwise been paid within six (6) months after the date of a Separation from Service shall be delayed, aggregated, and paid instead on the first day of the seventh month after Separation from Service, after which all installment payments shall be made on their regular schedule; if payment is scheduled under this Plan to be made in a lump sum, the lump payment shall be delayed until six months after the date of Separation from Service and instead be made on the first day of the seventh month after the date of Separation from Service.  This Subparagraph III [H] shall only apply to delay the payment of deferred compensation to specified employees as required by Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

I. Beneficiary:

The Executive shall have the right to name a Beneficiary of any benefit payable under this Agreement on the Executive’s death.  The Executive shall have the right to name such Beneficiary at any time prior to the Executive’s death and submit it to the Plan Administrator (or Plan Administrator’s representative) on the form provided.  Once received and acknowledged by the Plan Administrator, the form shall be effective.  The Executive may change a Beneficiary designation at any time by submitting a new form to the Plan Administrator.  Any such change shall follow the same rules as for the original Beneficiary designation and shall automatically supersede the existing Beneficiary form on file with the Plan Administrator.

If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation on file with the Plan Administrator, death benefits shall be paid to the Executive’s estate.

If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person.  The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

J. Disability:

“Disability” shall mean the Executive:  (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank.  Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Bank.  Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the term “Disability” shall be interpreted under this Agreement in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder.

IV.           RETIREMENT BENEFIT AND POST-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT

Upon attainment of the Retirement Date, (as set forth in Subparagraph III [A,] subject to the provisions of Paragraph IX,) the Bank shall pay the Executive an annual benefit equal to Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000), the “Retirement Benefit.”  Said Retirement Benefit shall be paid in equal monthly installments (1/12th of the annual benefit) until the death of the Executive.  Said payment shall commence the first day of the month following (i) the date of such Separation from Service, or (ii) if applicable, in accordance with the Restriction on Timing of Distribution, whichever is later.  Upon the death of the Executive after attainment of the Retirement Date, (as set forth in III [A,] subject to the provisions of Paragraph IX,) if there is a balance in the accrued liability retirement account, an amount equal to such balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the Executive’s death.

V.           DEATH BENEFIT PRIOR TO RETIREMENT

In the event the Executive should die while actively employed by the Bank at any time after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Executive’s Separation from Service, and prior to any determination of Disability (as provided in Paragraph X) the Bank will pay an amount equal to the accrued balance on the date of death of the Executive’s accrued liability retirement account in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the Executive’s death.

VI.           BENEFIT ACCOUNTING/ACCRUED LIABILITY RETIREMENT ACCOUNT

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Paragraph VI, shall be effective beginning January 1, 2009.  Prior to the date on which Executive attains Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, and during the time that Executive continues in the employment of Bank, (or after Separation from Service but before Executive has attained Normal Retirement Age if a Change in Control has occurred and Executive has thereafter had a Separation from Service as set forth in Paragraph IX,) and provided this Agreement is in effect, the Bank shall account for this benefit using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).  Prior to the date on which Executive attains Executive’s Normal Retirement Age and during the time that Executive continues in the employment of Bank, and prior to any determination of Disability of Executive prior to Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age, (or after Separation from Service but before Executive has attained Executive’s Normal Retirement Age if a Change in Control has occurred and Executive has had a Separation from Service as set forth in Paragraph IX) and provided this Agreement is in effect, the Bank shall establish an accrued liability retirement account for the Executive into which appropriate reserves shall be accrued sufficient so that if the account were increased ratably each year prior to Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age and during which Executive continued in the employment of Bank (or after Separation from Service but before Executive has attained Executive’s Normal Retirement Age if a Change in Control has occurred and Executive has had a Separation from Service as set forth in Paragraph IX) and using a compound interest rate as set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (provided, however, that such interest rate set forth on Schedule A may be changed, for purposes of the calculation of the accrued liability retirement account hereunder, by the Compensation Committee of Bank at any time and from time to time but only in good faith and in a manner that the Compensation Committee of the Bank reasonably determines to be consistent with industry standards at the time of such change of interest rate herein), sufficient funds would be available to pay the Retirement Benefit to Executive, still assuming a compound interest rate as set forth on Schedule A (again provided, however, as stated above, that such interest rate may be changed, for purposes of the calculation of the accrued liability retirement account hereunder, by the Compensation Committee of the Bank at any time and from time to time but only in good faith and in a manner that the Compensation Committee of the Bank reasonably determines to be consistent with industry standards at the time of such change of interest rate herein,) for the life expectancy of Executive, based upon the United States Life Insurance Company mortality tables(or tables of a reasonably comparable life insurance company if such mortality tables are no longer available) in effect from time to time as such accruals are made.

The accrued liability retirement account established hereunder shall be for accounting and bookkeeping purposes only, and is not, nor shall be construed to be, an account or trust for the benefit of the Executive.  Once payments to Executive commence pursuant to Paragraphs IV, VIII, or IX, such payments shall be applied so as to reduce the balance in the accrued liability retirement account for purposes of any payout of an amount equal to the remaining balance thereof under said Paragraphs.

VII.           VESTING

The Executive shall be fully vested in the Retirement Benefit for purposes of any payments to Executive pursuant to Paragraphs IV or IX hereunder.  For all other purposes, the Executive shall vest in the Retirement Benefit in accordance with the following schedule.

Total Years of Employment

            with the Bank from 1/1/09 Vested (to a maximum of 100%)

 1     0%

2    0%

3    0%

4    0%

5  25%

6  30%

7  35%

8  40%

9  45%

10 50%

11  50%

12  50%

13  50%

14  50%

15  50%

16  50%

17  50%

18  50%

19  50%

20 or more  100%

VIII.         BENEFIT UPON SEPARATION FROM SERVICE PRIOR TO RETIREMENT

A.           Resignation of Employee or Discharge Without Cause:

Subject to the provisions of Paragraph IX, (and no payment shall be made under this Paragraph VIII if the provisions of Paragraph IX are applicable,) in the event that the Executive shall incur a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, and prior to any determination of Disability, then the Bank shall pay to the Executive an annual benefit equal to the vested percentage of the Retirement Benefit, as provided in Paragraph IV (the “Vested Benefit”).  Said Vested Benefit shall be paid in equal monthly installments (1/12th of the annual Vested Benefit) commencing the first day of the month following (i) the date of attainment of Normal Retirement Age or (ii) if applicable, in accordance with the Restriction on Timing of Distribution, whichever is later, until the death of the Executive.

Upon the death of the Executive after commencement of payments provided for in this paragraph, if there is a balance remaining in the accrued liability retirement account, an amount equal to such balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the Executive’s death.

In the event the Executive’s death should occur after Separation from Service under this Section VIII but prior to the commencement of payments provided for in this paragraph, an amount equal to the balance in the accrued liability retirement account shall be paid in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the decease of the Executive.

B.           Discharge For Cause or Upon Vote to Deny All Benefits:

In the event the Executive shall be discharged for cause at any time, or should the Board vote to deny all benefits following a discharge for cause as set forth in Subparagraph III [F], this Agreement shall terminate and all benefits provided herein shall be forfeited.

IX.           CHANGE OF CONTROL

If the Executive suffers a Separation from Service prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age and within two years after a Change of Control (provided that there has been no determination of Disability prior to such Separation from Service)  then the Executive shall receive the Retirement Benefit described in Paragraph IV as if the Executive had been continuously employed by the Bank until the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, except that payments under this Paragraph IX shall be paid in equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following (i) the date of attainment of Normal Retirement Age or (ii) if applicable, in accordance with the Restriction on Timing of Distribution, whichever is later, until the death of the Executive.  The Executive will also remain eligible for all promised death benefits in this Agreement.  In addition, no sale, merger or consolidation of the Bank shall take place unless the new or surviving entity expressly acknowledges the obligations under this Agreement and agrees to abide by its terms.

X. DISABILITY

In the event that a determination of Disability is made respecting the Executive, during any period of employment prior to Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age (and the Executive, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to any provision of Subparagraph III [J,] shall not be considered disabled for purposes of this Paragraph X if the Executive has had a Separation from Service prior to such Disability, without returning to active employment with the Bank and being actively employed with the Bank at the time of such Disability, even if such Separation of Service has taken place after a Change in Control and Executive, although no longer employed by Bank, may be eligible for a Retirement Benefit pursuant to Paragraph IX or otherwise), the Bank shall establish an account (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Disability Account”) in an amount equal to the balance as of the date of Disability of Executive of the accrued liability retirement account established on the Executive’s behalf pursuant to this Agreement, (provided that the Bank shall be required to do so only once for each Executive, and with respect to an Executive who has a determination of Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age and who returns to active employment with the Bank and a subsequent determination of Disability, also prior to Normal Retirement Age, is made respecting the Executive, the Bank shall not be required to establish a Disability Account other than any Disability Account established upon the first determination of Disability of the Executive.)  

Interest at a rate equivalent to the Moody’s Seasoned Baa Corporate Bond Yield per annum then in effect (or if no such rate is then published or in effect, then at the rate equivalent to the yield of reasonably comparable instruments selected by the Compensation Committee of the Bank) shall be accrued and added to the Disability Account and distributions subtracted therefrom until complete distribution hereunder.  Upon Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age after a determination of Disability, the Bank shall distribute to the Executive, (commencing on the first day of the month following the date the Executive attains the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, and subject to the ‘Restriction on Timing of Distribution’ as defined in this Agreement) an amount equal to the balance in the Disability Account of Executive in One Hundred Twenty (120) equal monthly installments.  In the event of the death of Executive after a determination of Disability and regardless of whether Executive has attained Normal Retirement Age, any portion of any Disability Account of Executive not yet distributed to Executive hereunder shall be distributed in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.  Said payment due hereunder shall be made the first day of the second month following the Executive’s death.  After a determination of Disability prior to Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, no other benefits than those set forth in this Paragraph X will be owed or payable to the Executive or any Beneficiary under this Agreement under any circumstances, including but not limited to, during the period of Disability, upon death, upon attaining Normal Retirement Age or Retirement Date, or in the event of any subsequent return to active service or subsequent period of Disability.  The Disability Account established hereunder shall be for accounting and bookkeeping purposes only, and is not, nor shall be construed to be, an account or trust for the benefit of the Executive.  Once payments to Executive commence pursuant to this Paragraph X, such payments shall be applied so as to reduce the balance in the Disability Account for purposes of any payout of an amount equal to the remaining balance thereof.

XI. RESTRICTION UPON FUNDING

The Bank shall have no obligation to set aside, earmark or entrust any fund or money with which to pay its obligations under this Executive Plan.  The Executive, their beneficiary(ies), or any successor in interest shall be and remain simply a general creditor of the Bank in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for matured and unpaid compensation.

The Bank reserves the absolute right, at its sole discretion, to either fund the obligations undertaken by this Executive Plan or to refrain from funding the same and to determine the extent, nature and method of such funding.  Should the Bank elect to fund this Executive Plan, in whole or in part, through the purchase of life insurance, mutual funds, disability policies or annuities, the Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such funding at any time, in whole or in part.  At no time shall any Executive be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in any specific funding investment or assets of the Bank.

If the Bank elects to invest in a life insurance, disability or annuity policy on the life of the Executive, then the Executive shall assist the Bank by freely submitting to a physical exam and supplying such additional information necessary to obtain such insurance or annuities.

XII.          MISCELLANEOUS

A. Alienability and Assignment Prohibition:

Neither the Executive, nor the Executive’s surviving spouse, nor any other beneficiary(ies) under this Executive Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Executive or the Executive’s beneficiary(ies), nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.  In the event the Executive or any beneficiary attempts assignment, commutation, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities shall forthwith cease and terminate.

B. Binding Obligation of the Bank and any Successor in Interest:

The Bank shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Bank or company or sell substantially all of its assets to another Bank, company, firm or person until such Bank, company, firm or person expressly agree, in writing, to assume and discharge the duties and obligations of the Bank under this Executive Plan.  This Executive Plan shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors, beneficiaries, heirs and personal representatives.

C. Amendment or Revocation:

It is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during the lifetime of the Executive, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time or times, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Executive and the Bank.  Any such amendment shall not be effective to decrease or restrict any Executive’s accrued benefit under this Agreement, determined as of the date of amendment, unless agreed to in writing by the Executive, and provided further, no amendment shall be made, or if made, shall be effective, if such amendment would cause the Agreement to violate Code Section 409A.  In the event this Agreement is terminated, such termination shall not cause acceleration of a distribution of benefits, except under limited circumstances as permitted under Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder (e.g., 30 days before or 12 months after a Change of Control event, upon termination of all arrangements of the same type, or upon corporate dissolution or bankruptcy).

D. Gender:

Whenever in this Executive Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

E. Headings:

Headings and subheadings in this Executive Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Executive Plan.

F. Applicable Law:

The laws of the State of West Virginia shall govern the validity and interpretation of this Agreement.

G. Partial Invalidity:

If any term, provision, covenant, or condition of this Executive Plan is determined by an arbitrator or a court, as the case may be, to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, such determination shall not render any other term, provision, covenant, or condition invalid, void, or unenforceable, and the Executive Plan shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such partial invalidity.

H. Not a Contract of Employment:

This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provision hereof restrict the right of the Bank to discharge the Executive, or restrict the right of the Executive to terminate employment.

I. Tax Withholding:

The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, under federal, state or local tax laws, including without limitation under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement.  The Executive acknowledges that the Bank’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies).

J. Opportunity to Consult with Independent Advisors:

The Executive acknowledges that he has been afforded the opportunity to consult with independent advisors of his choosing including, without limitation, accountants or tax advisors and counsel regarding both the benefits granted to him under the terms of this Agreement and the:  (i) terms and conditions which may affect the Executive’s right to these benefits; and (ii) personal tax effects of such benefits including, without limitation, the effects of any federal or state taxes, Section 280G of the Code, Section 409A of the Code and guidance or regulations thereunder, and any other taxes, costs, expenses or liabilities whatsoever related to such benefits, which in any of the foregoing instances the Executive acknowledges and agrees shall be the sole responsibility of the Executive notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement.  The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Bank shall have no liability whatsoever related to any such personal tax effects or other personal costs, expenses, or liabilities applicable to the Executive and further specifically waives any right for himself or herself, and his or her heirs, beneficiaries, legal representative, agents, successor and assign to claim or assert liability on the part of the Bank related to the matters described above in this paragraph.  The Executive further acknowledges that he has read, understands and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that he enters into this Agreement with a full understanding of its terms and conditions.

K. Permissible Acceleration Provision:

Under Code Section 409A(a)(3), a payment of deferred compensation may not be accelerated except as provided in regulations by the Code.  Certain permissible payment accelerations include payments necessary to comply with a domestic relations order, payments necessary to comply with certain conflict of interest rules, payments intended to pay employment taxes, and certain de minimis payments related to the Executive’s termination of the Executive’s interest in the plan.  Any permissible payment accelerations under this Agreement shall be at the discretion of Bank and shall be consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued  thereunder.

XIII.   ADMINISTRATIVE AND CLAIMS PROVISION

A. Plan Administrator:

The “Plan Administrator” of this Executive Plan shall be Summit Community Bank.  As Plan Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Executive Plan.  The Plan Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Executive Plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

B.           Claims Procedure:

a.            Filing a Claim for Benefits:

Any insured, beneficiary, or other individual, (“Claimant”) entitled to benefits under this Executive Plan will file a claim request with the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator will, upon written request of a Claimant, make available copies of all forms and instructions necessary to file a claim for benefits or advise the Claimant where such forms and instructions may be obtained.  If the claim relates to disability benefits, then the Plan Administrator shall designate a sub-committee to conduct the initial review of the claim (and applicable references below to the Plan Administrator shall mean such sub-committee).

b. Denial of Claim:

A claim for benefits under this Executive Plan will be denied if the Bank determines that the Claimant is not entitled to receive benefits under the Executive Plan.  Notice of a denial shall be furnished the Claimant within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the claim for benefits by the Plan Administrator.  This time period shall not exceed more than ninety (90) days after the receipt of the properly submitted claim.  In the event that the claim for benefits pertains to disability, the Plan Administrator shall provide written notice within forty-five (45) days.  However, if the Plan Administrator determines, in its discretion, that an extension of time for processing the claim is required, such extension shall not exceed an additional ninety (90) days.  In the case of a claim for disability benefits, the forty-five (45) day review period may be extended for up to thirty (30) days if necessary due to circumstances beyond the Plan Administrator’s control, and for an additional thirty (30) days, if necessary.  Any extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review.

c. Content of Notice:

The Plan Administrator shall provide written notice to every Claimant who is denied a claim for benefits which notice shall set forth the following:

(i.) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

(ii.) Specific reference to pertinent Executive Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii.) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and any explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(iv.) Any other information required by applicable regulations, including with respect to disability benefits.

d. Review Procedure:

The purpose of the Review Procedure is to provide a method by which a Claimant may have a reasonable opportunity to appeal a denial of a claim to the Plan Administrator for a full and fair review.  The Claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may:

(i.) Request a review upon written application to the Plan Administrator.  Application for review must be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice of denial of claim.  If the denial of claim pertains to disability, application for review must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days of receipt of written notice of the denial of claim;

(ii.) Review and copy (free of charge) pertinent Executive Plan documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

(iii.) Submit issues and concerns in writing, as well as documents, records, and other information relating to the claim.

e. Decision on Review:

A decision on review of a denied claim shall be made in the following manner:

(i.) The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, hold a hearing on the denied claim.  If the Claimant’s initial claim is for disability benefits, any review of a denied claim shall be made by members of the Plan Administrator other than the original decision maker(s) and such person(s) shall not be a subordinate of the original decision maker(s).  The decision on review shall be made promptly, but generally not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the application for review.  In the event that the denied claim pertains to disability, such decision shall not be made later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the application for review.  If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period.  In no event shall the extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period.  In the event the denied claim pertains to disability, written notice of such extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial forty-five (45) day period.  In no event shall the extension exceed a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review.

(ii.) The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in an understandable manner with specific references to the pertinent Executive Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

(iii.) The review will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  Additional considerations shall be required in the case of a claim for disability benefits.  For example, the claim will be reviewed without deference to the initial adverse benefits determination and, if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Plan Administrator will consult with a health care professional with appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involving the medical judgment.  The health care professional who is consulted on appeal will not be the same individual who was consulted during the initial determination or the subordinate of such individual.  If the Plan Administrator obtained the advice of medical or vocational experts in making the initial adverse benefits determination (regardless of whether the advice was relied upon), the Plan Administrator will identify such experts.

(iv.) The decision on review will include a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records or other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

f. Exhaustion of Remedies:

A Claimant must follow the claims review procedures under this Executive Plan and exhaust his or her administrative remedies before taking any further action with respect to a claim for benefits.

       C.   Arbitration:

If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Executive Plan or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then claimants may submit the dispute to an Arbitrator in West Virginia for final arbitration.  The Arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the Bank and the claimants.  The Arbitrator shall operate under the rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.  The parties hereto agree that they and their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns shall be bound by the decision of such Arbitrator with respect to any controversy properly submitted to it for determination.

Where a dispute arises as to the Bank’s discharge of the Executive “for cause,” such dispute shall likewise be submitted to arbitration as above described and the parties hereto agree to be bound by the decision thereunder.

XIV.           TERMINATION OR MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT BY REASON OF CHANGES IN THE LAW, RULES OR REGULATIONS

The Bank is entering into this Agreement upon the assumption that certain existing tax laws, rules and regulations will continue in effect in their current form.  If any said assumptions should change and said change has a detrimental effect on this Executive Plan, then the Bank reserves the right to terminate or modify this Agreement accordingly, but only to the extent necessary to conform this Agreement to the provisions and requirements of any applicable law (including ERISA and the Code, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder).

Upon a Change of Control, the provisions of Paragraph IX respecting assumption of the obligations of this Agreement by the successor entity shall apply.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Agreement and executed the original thereof as of the first day set forth hereinabove, and that, upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.

SUMMIT COMMUNITY BANK, INC.

                                                                   Moorefield, West Virginia

  /s/ Danyl R. Freeman   By:    /s/ H, Charles Maddy, III               President

Witness                                                                                                                                                     (Bank Officer other than Executive)   Title

    /s/ Kathy Fillnow                                                                                                                            /s/ Bradford E. Ritchie                           

Witness                                                                                                                             Bradford E. Ritchie

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report to Shareholders (Form 10-K) of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports, dated March 1, 2012, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries included in the 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8, Nos. 333-99291 and 333-170145) pertaining to the 1998 and 2009 Officer Stock Option Plan of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports, dated March 1, 2012, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of Summit Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries included in the 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/    ARNETT & FOSTER, P.L.L.C.

Charleston, West Virginia

March 1, 2012

EX-24

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints Robert S. Tissue and Julie R. Cook or either of them his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign Summit Financial Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and all amendments thereto, and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

/s/  Oscar M. Bean                                                                /s/  Gary L. Hinkle

Oscar M. Bean                                                                                                      Gary L. Hinkle

/s/  George W. Pace                                                              /s/  Gerald W. Huffman

George W. Pace                                                                                                    Gerald W. Huffman

/s/  Dewey F. Bensenhaver, M.D.                                                                      /s/  H. Charles Maddy, III

Dewey F. Bensenhaver, M.D.                                                                             H. Charles Maddy, III

/s/  James M. Cookman                                                                                        /s/  Duke A. McDaniel

James M. Cookman                                                                                              Duke A. McDaniel

/s/  John W. Crites                                                                /s/  Jeffrey E. Hott

John W. Crites                                                                                                      Jeffrey E. Hott

/s/  J. Scott Bridgeforth                                                                                        /s/  G. R. Ours, Jr.

J. Scott Bridgeforth                                                                                              G. R. Ours, Jr.

/s/  James P. Geary, II                                                                                           /s/  Phoebe Fisher Heishman

James P. Geary, II                                                                                                  Phoebe Fisher Heishman

/s/  Georgette R. George                                                                                       /s/  Charles S. Piccirillo

Georgette R. George                                                                                             Charles S. Piccirillo

/s/  Thomas J. Hawse, III                                                                

Thomas J. Hawse, III

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 302

 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, H. Charles Maddy, III, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Summit Financial Group, Inc.;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 1, 2012

/s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                                                                

H. Charles Maddy, III

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 302

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Robert S. Tissue, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Summit Financial Group, Inc.;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 1, 2012

/s/ Robert S. Tissue                                                      

Robert S. Tissue

Sr. Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

In connection with this Annual Report of Summit Financial Group, Inc. ("Summit “) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, H. Charles Maddy, III, President and Chief Executive Officer of Summit, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934; and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results  of operations of Summit.

/s/ H. Charles Maddy, III                                                                

H. Charles Maddy, III,

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date:  March 1, 2012

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT SECTION 906

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

In connection with this Annual Report of Summit Financial Group, Inc. ("Summit “) on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Robert S. Tissue, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Summit, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Summit.

/s/ Robert S. Tissue                                                      

Robert S. Tissue,

Sr. Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:  March 1, 2012

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

NOTE 18.	EARNINGS PER SHARE
The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share ("EPS") follow:
								For the Year Ended December 31,
					2011						2010							2009
					Common						Common							Common
Dollars in thousands,			Income		Shares		Per	Income			Shares		Per			Income		Shares		Per
except per share amounts		(Numerator)			(Denominator)		Share	(Numerator)			(Denominator)	Share				(Numerator) (Denominator)				Share
Net income		$	4,074					$	(1,975	)					$	(716	)
Less preferred stock dividends			(371	)					(297	)						(74	)
Basic EPS		$	3,703		7,425,472	$	0.50	$	(2,272	)	7,425,472	$	(0.31	)	$	(790	)	7,421,596	$	(0.11	)
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options			-		-				-		-					-		10,076
Series 2009 convertible
preferred stock			297		674,545				-		-					-		-
Series 2011 convertible
preferred stock			74		238,182				-		-					-		-
Diluted EPS		$	4,074		8,338,199	$	0.49	$	(2,272	)	7,425,472	$	(0.31	)	$	(790	)	7,431,672	$	(0.11	)

     Stock option grants and the conversion of convertible preferred stock are disregarded in this computation if they are determined to be anti-dilutive. Our anti-dilutive stock options at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, totaled 312,180 shares, 312,180 shares, and 250,030 shares, respectively. Our anti-dilutive convertible preferred shares totaled 674,545 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

XML

Significant New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Significant New Authoritative Accounting Guidance [Abstract]

Significant New Authoritative Accounting Guidance

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT NEW AUTHORITATIVE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

     ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) - Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements, requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would generally be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) company's should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy was required for us beginning January 1, 2011. The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective for us on January 1, 2010. See Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements.

     ASU No. 2010-11, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives clarifies that the only form of an embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another. As a result, entities that have contracts containing an embedded credit derivative feature in a form other than such subordination may need to separately account for the embedded credit derivative feature. The provisions of ASU 2010-11 were effective for us on July 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

     ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310) - Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users' evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity's portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable. The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 was effective for our financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period were required for our financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

     ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – When to Perform Step 2 of the goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples in paragraph 350-20-35-30, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. This amendment became effective for us beginning with the 2011 year and had no material impact on our financial statements.

     ASU No. 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310) – Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings in ASU No. 2010-20 for public entities. The effective date was for interim and annual reporting periods which ended after June 15, 2011.

     ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor's Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring provides additional guidance to clarify when a loan modification or restructuring is considered a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) in order to address current diversity in practice and lead to more consistent application of U.S. GAAP for debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (1) the restructuring constitutes a concession, and (2) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The amendments to Topic 310 clarify the guidance regarding the evaluation of both considerations above. Additionally, the amendments clarify that a creditor is precluded from using the effective interest rate test in the debtor's guidance on restructuring of payables (paragraph 470-60-55-10) when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a TDR. This amendment was effective for us July 1, 2011. Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period is required. As a result of applying these amendments, we may identify receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, an entity should apply the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011.

     ASU No. 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) - Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreement is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. ASU 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. ASU 2011-03 will be effective for us on January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

     ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs amends Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

     ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Presentation of Comprehensive Income amends Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to require that all nonowner changes in stockholders' equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present, on the face of the financial statements, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

     ASU 2011-08, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment, amends Topic 350, Intangibles –Goodwill and Other, to permit entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-than-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the entity is required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

     ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB time to reconsider whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

XML

Basis Of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Basis Of Presentation [Abstract]

Basis Of Presentation

NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     We are a financial holding company headquartered in Moorefield, West Virginia. Our primary business is community banking. Our community bank subsidiary, Summit Community Bank ("Summit Community") provides commercial and retail banking services primarily in the Eastern Panhandle and South Central regions of West Virginia and the Northern region of Virginia. We also operate Summit Insurance Services, LLC in Moorefield, West Virginia and Leesburg, Virginia.

     Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry.

     Use of estimates: We must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in preparing our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Principles of consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Summit and its subsidiaries. All significant accounts and transactions among these entities have been eliminated.

     Variable interest entities: In accordance with ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, business enterprises that represent the primary beneficiary of another entity by retaining a controlling interest in that entity's assets, liabilities and results of operations must consolidate that entity in its financial statements. Prior to the issuance of ASC Topic 810, consolidation generally occurred when an enterprise controlled another entity through voting interests. If applicable, transition rules allow the restatement of financial statements or prospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment. We have determined that the provisions of ASC Topic 810 do not require consolidation of subsidiary trusts which issue guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in subordinated debentures (Trust Preferred Securities). The Trust Preferred Securities continue to qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. The banking regulatory agencies have not issued any guidance which would change the regulatory capital treatment for the Trust Preferred Securities based on the adoption of ASC Topic 810. The adoption of the provisions of ASC Topic 810 has had no material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity. See Note 11 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts.

     Presentation of cash flows: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash on hand and amounts due from banks (including cash items in process of clearing). Cash flows from federal funds sold, demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts and short-term borrowings are reported on a net basis, since their original maturities are less than three months. Cash flows from loans and certificates of deposit and other time deposits are reported net.

Advertising: Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

     Trust services: Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not our assets and are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Trust services income is recognized on the cash basis in accordance with customary banking practice. Reporting such income on a cash basis rather than the accrual basis does not have a material effect on net income.

     Reclassifications: Certain accounts in the consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2009, as previously presented, have been reclassified to conform to current year classifications.

     Significant accounting policies: The following table identifies our other significant accounting policies and the Note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found.

Fair Value Measurements	Note 3	Page 53
Securities	Note 4	Page 57
Loans	Note 5	Page 62
Allowance for Loan Losses	Note 6	Page 69
Property Held for Sale	Note 7	Page 71
Premises and Equipment	Note 8	Page 71
Intangible Assets	Note 9	Page 72
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase	Note 11	Page 73
Income Taxes	Note 12	Page 75
Stock Based Compensation	Note 13	Page 77
Earnings Per Share	Note 18	Page 83

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$ 4,398	$ 4,652
Interest bearing deposits with other banks	28,294	45,696
Securities available for sale	286,599	271,730
Other investments	19,146	22,941
Loan held for sale, net		343
Loans, net	965,516	995,319
Property held for sale	63,938	69,638
Premises and equipment, net	22,084	23,092
Accrued interest receivable	5,784	5,879
Intangible assets	8,651	9,002
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies	29,284	13,458
Other assets	16,427	15,820
Total assets	1,450,121	1,477,570
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Non-interest bearing	88,655	74,604
Interest bearing	927,845	962,335
Total deposits	1,016,500	1,036,939
Short-term borrowings	15,956	1,582
Long-term borrowings	270,254	304,109
Subordinated debentures	16,800	16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts	19,589	19,589
Other liabilities	8,456	8,730
Total liabilities	1,347,555	1,387,749
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock and related surplus, $2.50 par value; authorized 20,000,000; issued 2011 and 2010 - 7,425,472 shares	24,518	24,508
Retained earnings	64,904	61,201
Accumulated other comprehensive income	3,818	593
Total shareholders' equity	102,566	89,821
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	1,450,121	1,477,570
Preferred Stock Series 2009 [Member]
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, value issued	3,519	3,519
Preferred Stock Series 2011 [Member]
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, value issued	$ 5,807

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment on available for sale debt securities	$ 3,633	$ 828	$ 526
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment on available for sale debt securities, deferred tax	1,381	315	195
Net unrealized gain on available for sale debt securities	8,834	3,140	2,263
Net unrealized gain on available for sale debt securities, deferred tax	3,357	1,193	860
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income	$ 4,006	$ 2,051	$ 1,497
Common stock, dividend per share			$ 0.06
Preferred Stock Series 2009 [Member]
Preferred stock, dividend per share	$ 80.00	$ 80.00	$ 20.00
Issuance of preferred stock	3,710	3,710	3,710
Preferred Stock Series 2011 [Member]
Preferred stock, dividend per share	$ 10.00
Issuance of preferred stock	12,000

XML

Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Preferred Stock [Abstract]

Preferred Stock

NOTE 15. PREFERRED STOCK

     On September 30, 2009, we sold in a private placement 3,710 shares, or $3.7 million, of 8% Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2009, $1.00 par value, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the "Series 2009 Preferred Stock"), based on the private placement exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and Rule 506 of Regulation D.

The terms of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock provide that it may be converted into common stock under three different scenarios.

First, the Series 2009 Preferred Stock may be converted at the holder's option, on any dividend payment date, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on a conversion rate determined by dividing $1,000 by $5.50, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares and subject to anti-dilution adjustments (the "Series 2009 Conversion Rate"). Second, on or after June 1, 2012, Summit may, at its option, on any dividend payment date, convert some or all of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock into shares of Summit's common stock at the then applicable Series 2009 Conversion Rate. Summit may exercise this conversion right if, for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading dates during the six months immediately preceding the conversion, the closing price of the common stock exceeds 135% of $5.50. Third, after ten years, on June 1, 2019, all remaining outstanding shares of the Series 2009 Preferred Stock will be converted at the then applicable Series 2009 Conversion Rate. Adjustments to the Series 2009 Conversion Rate will be made in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger or other similar transaction.

     In late 2011, we sold pursuant to both subscription rights distributed to our common shareholders and to a supplemental public offering 12,000 shares, or $6.0 million, of 8% Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2011, $1.00 par value, with a liquidation preference of $500 per share (the "Series 2011 Preferred Stock")

     The terms of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock also provide that it may be converted into common stock under three different scenarios. First, the Series 2011 Preferred Stock may be converted at the holder's option, on any dividend payment date, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock based on a conversion rate determined by dividing $500 by $4.00, plus cash in lieu of fractional

shares and subject to anti-dilution adjustments (the "Series 2011 Conversion Rate"). Second, on or after June 1, 2014, Summit may, at its option, on any dividend payment date, convert some or all of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock into shares of Summit's common stock at the then applicable Series 2011 Conversion Rate. Summit may exercise this conversion right if, for 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of notice of the conversion, the closing price of the common stock exceeds 135% of $4.00. Third, after ten years, on June 1, 2021, all remaining outstanding shares of the Series 2011 Preferred Stock will be converted at the then applicable Series 2011 Conversion Rate. Adjustments to the Series 2011 Conversion Rate will be made in the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger or other similar transaction.

     Both the Series 2009 and Series 2011 Preferred Stock pay noncumulative dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of 8.0% per annum. Dividends declared are payable quarterly in arrears on the 1^st day of March, June, September and December of each year. The Series 2009 and Series 2011 Preferred Stock qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Information [Abstract]

Segment Information

NOTE 17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

     We operate two business segments: community banking and an insurance agency. These segments are primarily identified by the products or services offered. The community banking segment consists of our full service banks which offer customers traditional banking products and services through various delivery channels. The insurance agency segment consists of three insurance agency offices that sell insurance products. The accounting policies discussed throughout the notes to the consolidated financial statements apply to each of our business segments.

     Intersegment revenue and expense consists of management fees allocated to the bank and Summit Insurance Services, LLC for overall direction in the areas of strategic planning, investment portfolio management, asset/liability management, financial reporting and other financial and administrative services. Information for each of our segments is included below:

					December 31, 2011
		Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands		Banking			Services			Parent		Eliminations				Total
Net interest income	$	41,658		$	-		$	(1,814	)	$	-		$	39,844
Provision for loan losses		10,000			-			-			-			10,000
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		31,658			-			(1,814	)		-			29,844
Other income		(167	)		4,606			2,155			(1,044	)		5,550
Other expenses		25,472			4,216			1,641			(1,044	)		30,285
Income (loss) before income taxes		6,019			390			(1,300	)		-			5,109
Income tax expense (benefit)		1,304			158			(427	)		-			1,035
Net income		4,715			232			(873	)		-			4,074
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			371			-			371
Net income applicable to common shares	$	4,715		$	232		$	(1,244	)	$	-		$	3,703
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(942	)	$	(102	)	$	1,044		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,533		$	7		$	143		$	(213	)	$	1,470
					December 31, 2010
		Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands		Banking			Services			Parent		Eliminations				Total
Net interest income	$	42,069		$	-		$	(1,917	)	$	-		$	40,152
Provision for loan losses		21,350			-			-			-			21,350
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		20,719			-			(1,917	)		-			18,802
Other income		2,713			4,674			1,435			(1,083	)		7,739
Other expenses		26,563			4,258			1,733			(1,083	)		31,471
Income (loss) before income taxes		(3,131	)		416			(2,215	)		-			(4,930	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(2,293	)		167			(829	)		-			(2,955	)
Net income		(838	)		249			(1,386	)		-			(1,975	)
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			297			-			297
Net income applicable to common shares	$	(838	)	$	249		$	(1,683	)	$	-		$	(2,272	)
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(969	)	$	(114	)	$	1,083		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,560,002		$	6,910		$	141,550		$	(196,320	)	$	1,512,142
					December 31, 2009
		Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands		Banking			Services			Parent			Eliminations			Total
Net interest income	$	45,433		$	-		$	(1,891	)	$	-		$	43,542
Provision for loan losses		20,325			-			-			-			20,325
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		25,108			-			(1,891	)		-			23,217
Other income		1,462			4,938			6,457			(6,576	)		6,281
Other expenses		27,427			4,530			6,998			(6,576	)		32,379
Income (loss) before income taxes		(857	)		408			(2,432	)		-			(2,881	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(1,420	)		160			(905	)		-			(2,165	)
Net income		563			248			(1,527	)		-			(716	)
Dividends on preferred shares		-			-			74			-			74
Net income applicable to common shares	$	563		$	248		$	(1,601	)	$	-		$	(790	)
Intersegment revenue (expense)	$	(6,462	)	$	(114	)	$	6,576		$	-		$	-
Average assets	$	1,592,969		$	7,323		$	138,003		$	(141,493	)	$	1,596,802

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$ 4,074	$ (1,975)	$ (716)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	1,393	1,566	1,600
Provision for loan losses	10,000	21,350	20,325
Stock compensation expense	10
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	(3,383)	(4,424)	1,272
Loans originated for sale	(9,427)	(9,778)	(16,498)
Proceeds from loans sold	9,770	9,437	17,508
(Gains) on loans sold			(34)
Securities (gains)	(4,006)	(2,051)	(1,497)
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities	2,646	988	5,366
(Gain) loss on disposal of other repossessed assets & property held for sale	(295)	(142)	112
Write-down of foreclosed properties	6,651	3,401
Amortization of securities premiums (accretion of discounts), net	2,155	(620)	(2,561)
Amortization of goodwill and purchase accounting adjustments, net	363	363	363
Decrease in accrued interest receivable	94	444	894
(Increase) in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance	(825)	(541)	(547)
(Increase) decrease in other assets	(1,552)	2,458	(5,620)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities	564	623	348
Net cash provided by operating activities	18,232	21,099	20,315
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale	8,049	60,972	21,365
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	131,950	50,893	45,543
Principal payments received on securities available for sale	57,670	57,444	73,631
Purchases of securities available for sale	(214,130)	(165,390)	(84,166)
Purchases of other investments	(2,000)	(2,998)	(3,982)
Redemption of Federal Home Bank Loan Stock	3,796	1,065
Proceeds from maturities and calls of other investments	7,999	3,000	3,000
Net decrease in federal funds sold			2
Net principal payments received on loans	7,238	71,571	(777)
Purchases of premises and equipment	(384)	(426)	(3,409)
Proceeds from sale of other repossessed assets & property held for sale	13,334	18,295	3,411
Proceeds from (Purchase of) interest bearing deposits with other banks	17,402	(11,449)	(34,139)
Purchases of life insurance contracts	(15,000)		(2,100)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	15,924	82,977	18,379
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposit, NOW and savings accounts	53,999	(9,176)	122,638
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits	(74,438)	28,777	(71,151)
Net (decrease) in short-term borrowings	14,373	(48,157)	(103,360)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	843		82,656
Repayment of long-term borrowings	(34,697)	(77,384)	(83,911)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures			6,762
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock	5,807		3,519
Exercise of stock options			43
Dividends paid			(445)
Dividends paid on preferred stock	(297)	(297)
Reinvested dividends			12
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(34,410)	(106,237)	(43,237)
Increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks	(254)	(2,161)	(4,543)
Cash and due from banks:
Beginning	4,652	6,813	11,356
Ending	4,398	4,652	6,813
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASHFLOW INFORMATION
Interest	31,775	40,537	46,645
Income taxes	3,250	275	1,395
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Other assets acquired in settlement of loans	$ 12,564	$ 49,095	$ 35,273

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Preferred stock, shares authorized	250,000	250,000
Common stock, par value	$ 2.5	$ 2.5
Common stock, shares authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	7,425,472	7,425,472
Preferred Stock Series 2009 [Member]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Preferred stock, shares issued	3,710	3,710
Preferred stock, dividend rate, percentage	8.00%	8.00%
Preferred Stock Series 2011 [Member]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1
Preferred stock, shares issued	12,000
Preferred stock, dividend rate, percentage	8.00%

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

NOTE 10. DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of interest bearing deposits by type as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Dollars in thousands		2011		2010
Demand deposits, interest bearing	$	158,483	$	150,291
Savings deposits		208,809		177,053
Retail time deposits		391,338		404,704
Brokered deposits		169,215		230,287
Total	$	927,845	$	962,335

     Time certificates of deposit and Individual Retirement Account's (IRA's) in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $374,450,000 and $412,936,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

     Included in certificates of deposits are brokered certificates of deposit, which totaled $169,215,000 and $230,287,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Brokered deposits represent certificates of deposit acquired through a third party. The following is a summary of the maturity distribution of certificates of deposit and IRA's in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011:

Dollars in thousands		Amount	Percent
Three months or less	$	37,645	10.1	%
Three through six months		26,090	7.0	%
Six through twelve months		58,226	15.5	%
Over twelve months		252,489	67.4	%
Total	$	374,450	100.0	%

A summary of the scheduled maturities for all time deposits as of December 31, 2011, follows:

Dollars in thousands		Amount
2012	$	228,015
2013		109,268
2014		48,523
2015		56,094
2016		75,717
Thereafter		42,936
Total	$	560,553

     At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our deposits of related parties including directors, executive officers, and their related interests approximated $20,936,000 and $10,907,000, respectively.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 22, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Entity Registrant Name	SUMMIT FINANCIAL GROUP INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000811808
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		7,425,472
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Public Float			$ 17,179,000
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No

XML

Borrowed Funds

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Borrowed Funds [Abstract]

Borrowed Funds

NOTE 11. BORROWED FUNDS

     Our subsidiary bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"). Membership in the FHLB makes available short-term and long-term advances under collateralized borrowing arrangements with each subsidiary bank. All FHLB advances are collateralized primarily by similar amounts of residential mortgage loans, certain commercial loans, mortgage backed securities and securities of U. S.

Government agencies and corporations. We had $90 million available on a short term line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2011, which is primarily secured by commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans.

     At December 31, 2011, our subsidiary banks had combined additional borrowings availability of $137,084,000 from the FHLB. Short-term FHLB advances are granted for terms of 1 to 365 days and bear interest at a fixed or variable rate set at the time of the funding request.

     Short-term borrowings: At December 31, 2011, we had $90,135,000 borrowing availability through credit lines and Federal funds purchased agreements. A summary of short-term borrowings is presented below.

					2011
								Federal Funds
		Short-term			Short-term			Purchased
		FHLB			Repurchase			and Lines
Dollars in thousands		Advances			Agreements			of Credit
Balance at December 31	$	15,000		$	-		$	956
Average balance outstanding
for the year		2,753			531			954
Maximum balance outstanding
at any month end		15,000			1,233			956
Weighted average interest
rate for the year		0.17	%		0.15	%		0.25	%
Weighted average interest
rate for balances
outstanding at December 31		0.15	%		0.00	%		0.25	%
					2010
								Federal Funds
		Short-term			Short-term			Purchased
		FHLB			Repurchase			and Lines
Dollars in thousands		Advances			Agreements			of Credit
Balance at December 31	$	-		$	629		$	953
Average balance outstanding
for the year		13,724			1,084			1,364
Maximum balance outstanding
at any month end		45,000			1,787			3,617
Weighted average interest
rate for the year		0.42	%		0.34	%		1.39	%
Weighted average interest
rate for balances
outstanding at December 31		0.00	%		0.15	%		0.25	%

     Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements mature the next business day. The securities underlying the repurchase agreements are under our control and secure the total outstanding daily balances. We generally account for securities sold under agreements to repurchase as collateralized financing transactions and record them at the amounts at which the securities were sold, plus accrued interest. Securities, generally U.S. government and Federal agency securities, pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements cannot be sold or repledged by the secured party. The fair value of collateral provided is continually monitored and additional collateral is provided as needed.

     Long-term borrowings: Our long-term borrowings of $270,254,000 and $304,109,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, consisted primarily of advances from the FHLB and structured reverse repurchase agreements with two unaffiliated institutions.

		Balance at December 31,
Dollars in thousands		2011		2010
Long-term FHLB advances	$	160,325	$	182,375
Long-term reverse repurchase agreements		100,000		110,000
Term loan		9,929		11,734
Total	$	270,254	$	304,109

     The term loan represents a long-term borrowing with an unaffiliated banking institution which is secured by the common stock of our subsidiary bank, bears a variable interest rate of prime minus 50 basis points, and matures in 2017.

     Long-term borrowings bear both fixed and variable interest rates and mature in varying amounts through the year 2019. The average interest rate paid on long-term borrowings during 2011 and 2010 approximated 4.08% and 5.53%, respectively.

     Subordinated debentures: We have subordinated debt totaling $16.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines, until the debt is within 5 years of its maturity; thereafter the amount qualifying as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20 percent each year until maturity. During 2009, we issued $6.8 million in subordinated debt, of which $5 million was issued to an affiliate of a director of Summit. We also issued $1.0 million and $0.8 million to two unrelated parties. These three issuances bear an interest rate of 10 percent per annum, a term of 10 years, and are not prepayable by us within the first five years. During 2008, we issued $10 million of subordinated debt to an unrelated institution, which bears a variable interest rate of 1 month LIBOR plus 275 basis points, a term of 7.5 years, and is not prepayable by us within the first two and one half years.

     Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts: We have three statutory business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing mandatorily redeemable securities (the "capital securities") for which we are obligated to third party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the capital securities in our junior subordinated debentures (the "debentures"). The debentures held by the trusts are their sole assets. Our subordinated debentures totaled $19,589,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

     In October 2002, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust I, in March 2004, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust II, and in December 2005, we sponsored SFG Capital Trust III, of which 100% of the common equity of each trust is owned by us. SFG Capital Trust I issued $3,500,000 in capital securities and $109,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $3,609,000 of debentures. SFG Capital Trust II issued $7,500,000 in capital securities and $232,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $7,732,000 of debentures. SFG Capital Trust III issued $8,000,000 in capital securities and $248,000 in common securities and invested the proceeds in $8,248,000 of debentures. Distributions on the capital securities issued by the trusts are payable quarterly at a variable interest rate equal to 3 month LIBOR plus 345 basis points for SFG Capital Trust I, 3 month LIBOR plus 280 basis points for SFG Capital Trust II, and 3 month LIBOR plus 145 basis points for SFG Capital Trust III, and equals the interest rate earned on the debentures held by the trusts, and is recorded as interest expense by us. The capital securities are subject to mandatory redemption in whole or in part, upon repayment of the debentures. We have entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the capital securities subject to the terms of the guarantee. The debentures of each Capital Trust are redeemable by us quarterly.

     The capital securities held by SFG Capital Trust I, SFG Capital Trust II, and SFG Capital Trust III qualify as Tier 1 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines. In accordance with these Guidelines, trust preferred securities generally are limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit can be included in Tier 2 capital.

     A summary of the maturities of all long-term borrowings and subordinated debentures for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

Dollars in thousands		Amount
2012	$	67,437
2013		41,898
2014		83,429
2015		11,909
2016		1,911
Thereafter		100,059
Total	$	306,643

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest and fees on loans
Taxable	$ 58,910	$ 65,643	$ 71,405
Tax-exempt	265	314	439
Interest and dividends on securities
Taxable	9,105	11,922	15,601
Tax-exempt	2,694	1,762	2,079
Interest on interest bearing deposits with other banks	72	31	12
Total interest income	71,046	79,672	89,536
Interest expense
Interest on deposits	18,273	21,036	24,951
Interest on short-term borrowings	7	80	573
Interest on long-term borrowings and subordinated debentures	12,922	18,404	20,470
Total interest expense	31,202	39,520	45,994
Net interest income	39,844	40,152	43,542
Provision for loan losses	10,000	21,350	20,325
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	29,844	18,802	23,217
Noninterest income
Insurance commissions	4,461	4,744	5,045
Service fees related to deposit accounts	4,125	4,036	3,996
Realized securities gains	4,006	2,051	1,497
Gain (loss) on sale of assets	295	142	(112)
Write-down of foreclosed properties	(6,651)	(3,401)
Bank owned life insurance income	846	517	481
Other	1,114	638	740
Total other-than-temporary impairment loss on securities	(6,279)	(1,816)	(5,892)
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income	3,633	828	526
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings	(2,646)	(988)	(5,366)
Total noninterest income	5,550	7,739	6,281
Noninterest expenses
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits	15,833	15,650	16,389
Net occupancy expense	1,935	2,010	2,032
Equipment expense	2,342	2,457	2,151
Professional fees	1,155	1,015	1,409
Amortization of intangibles	351	351	351
FDIC premiums	2,423	2,870	3,223
Foreclosed properties expense	1,677	1,577	478
Other	4,569	5,541	6,346
Total noninterest expenses	30,285	31,471	32,379
Income (loss) before income tax expense	5,109	(4,930)	(2,881)
Income tax expense (benefit)	1,035	(2,955)	(2,165)
Net income (loss)	4,074	(1,975)	(716)
Dividends on preferred shares	371	297	74
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$ 3,703	$ (2,272)	$ (790)
Basic earnings per common share	$ 0.50	$ (0.31)	$ (0.11)
Diluted earnings per common share	$ 0.49	$ (0.31)	$ (0.11)

XML

Loans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans [Abstract]

Loans

NOTE 5. LOANS

     Loans are generally stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by unearned discount and allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued daily on the outstanding balances. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as adjustments of the related loan yield over its contractual life. We categorize residential real estate loans in excess of $600,000 as jumbo loans.

     Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest is greater than 90 days past due based upon the loan's contractual terms. Interest is accrued daily on impaired loans unless the loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Impaired loans are placed on nonaccrual status when the payments of principal and interest are in default for a period of 90 days, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest on nonaccrual loans is recognized primarily using the cost-recovery method. Loans may be returned to accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and there has been demonstrated performance under the terms of the loan or, if applicable, the terms of the restructured loans.

     Commercial-related loans (which are risk-rated) are charged off to the allowance for loan losses when the loss has been confirmed. This determination includes many factors, including the prioritization of our claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan and valuation of the borrower's equity.

     Consumer-related loans are generally charged off to the allowance for loan losses upon reaching specified stages of delinquency, in accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council policy. For example, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier. Residential mortgage loans are generally charged off to net realizable value no later than when the account becomes 180 days past due. Other consumer loans, if collateralized, are generally charged off to net realizable value at 120 days past due.

Loans are summarized as follows:

Dollars in thousands		2011			2010
Commercial	$		99,024	$	97,059
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied			158,754		187,098
Non-owner occupied			270,226		235,337
Construction and development
Land and land development			93,035		99,085
Construction			2,936		13,691
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo			221,733		239,288
Jumbo			61,535		61,340
Home equity			50,898		50,987
Consumer			22,325		25,253
Other			2,762		3,405
Total loans, net of unearned fees			983,228		1,012,543
Less allowance for loan losses			17,712		17,224
Loans, net	$		965,516	$	995,319

The following presents loan maturities at December 31, 2011:
		Within			After 1 but		After
Dollars in thousands		1	Year		within 5 Years		5 Years
Commercial	$	32,198		$	40,926	$	25,900
Commercial real estate		43,789			80,622		304,569
Construction and development		61,142			6,355		28,474
Residential real estate		25,691			18,929		289,546
Consumer		3,740			15,209		3,376
Other		312			1,596		854
	$	166,872		$	163,637	$	652,719
Loans due after one year with:
Variable rates				$	192,946
Fixed rates					623,410
				$	816,356

     The following table presents the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

						At December 31, 2011
				Past Due									> 90	days
Dollars in thousands		30-59 days		60-89 days	> 90		days		Total		Current		and Accruing
Commercial	$	904	$	324	$	2,544		$	3,772	$	95,252	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		4,241		197		664			5,102		153,652		-
Non-owner occupied		1,566		1,752		1,705			5,023		265,203		-
Construction and development
Land and land development		1,539		116		16,392			18,047		74,988		344
Construction		106		-		979			1,085		1,851		-
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		4,730		1,624		2,336			8,690		213,043		-
Jumbo		699		-		13,965			14,664		46,871		-
Home equity		-		223		91			314		50,584		-
Consumer		381		144		85			610		21,715		-
Other		-		-		-			-		2,762		-
Total	$	14,166	$	4,380	$	38,761		$	57,307	$	925,921	$	344
						At December 31, 2010
				Past Due									> 90	days
Dollars in thousands		30-59 days		60-89 days	> 90		days		Total		Current		and Accruing
Commercial	$	388	$	307	$	1,286		$	1,981	$	95,078	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		364		-		1,348			1,712		185,386		-
Non-owner occupied		3,697		590		310			4,597		230,740		-
Construction and development
Land and land development		3,023		131		9,732			12,886		86,199		-
Construction		-		2		317			319		13,372		-
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		3,557		2,412		3,953			9,922		229,368		-
Jumbo		2,997		10,383		2,549			15,929		45,411		1,442
Home equity		501		270		51			822		50,165		-
Consumer		420		147		107			674		23,471		-
Other		9		10		-			19		4,492		-
Total	$	14,956	$	14,252	$	19,653		$	48,861	$	963,682	$	1,442

     Nonaccrual loans: The following table presents the nonaccrual loans included in the net balance of loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Dollars in thousands		2011		2010
Commercial	$	3,260	$	1,318
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		2,815		2,372
Non-owner occupied		4,348		314
Construction and development
Land & land development		22,362		9,732
Construction		979		317
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		3,683		4,918
Jumbo		13,966		1,106
Home equity		538		51
Consumer		145		141
Other		-		-
Total	$	52,096	$	20,269
Impaired loans: Impaired loans include the following:

§

Loans which we risk-rate (consisting of loan relationships having aggregate balances in excess of $2,000,000, or loans exceeding $500,000 and exhibiting credit weakness) through our normal loan review procedures and which, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Risk-rated loans with insignificant delays or insignificant short falls in the amount of payments expected to be collected are not considered to be impaired.

§

Loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.

     Both commercial and consumer loans are deemed impaired upon being contractually modified in a troubled debt restructuring. Troubled debt restructurings typically result from our loss mitigation activities and occur when we grant a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty in order to minimize our economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Once restructured in a troubled debt restructuring, a loan is generally considered impaired until its maturity, regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms. Although such a loan may be returned to accrual status if the criteria set forth in our accounting policy are met, the loan would continue to be evaluated for an asset-specific allowance for loan losses and we would continue to report the loan in the impaired loan table below.

The table below sets forth information about our impaired loans.

Method Used to Measure Impairment of Impaired Loans
Dollars in thousands
					Method used to
Loan Category		12/31/2011		12/31/2010	measure impairment
Commerical	$	2,969	$	630	Fair value of collateral
Commerical real estate
Owner-occupied		9,698		8,866	Fair value of collateral
		2,580		2,623	Discounted cash flow
Non-owner occupied		9,790		4,922	Fair value of collateral
		-		530	Discounted cash flow
Construction and development
Land & land development		29,862		16,515	Fair value of collateral
Construction		735		-	Fair value of collateral
Residential mortgage
Non-jumbo		4,488		4,533	Fair value of collateral
		372		753	Discounted cash flow
Jumbo		18,147		17,296	Fair value of collateral
Home equity		407		213	Fair value of collateral
Consumer		8		-	Discounted cash flow
Total	$	79,056	$	56,881

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

				December 31, 2011
								Average		Interest Income
		Recorded		Unpaid	Related			Impaired		Recognized
Dollars in thousands		Investment		Principal Balance	Allowance			Balance		while impaired
Without a related allowance
Commercial	$	2,074	$	2,076	$	-	$	874	$	10
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		9,013		9,034		-		8,132		253
Non-owner occupied		5,599		5,600		-		2,891		116
Construction and development
Land & land development		12,128		12,128		-		9,509		346
Construction		-		-		-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		3,697		3,708		-		2,843		68
Jumbo		15,203		15,204		-		12,626		-
Home equity		194		194		-		99		6
Total without a related allowance	$	47,908	$	47,944	$	-	$	36,974	$	799
With a related allowance
Commercial	$	893	$	893	$	247	$	661	$	1
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		3,244		3,244		465		3,588		143
Non-owner occupied		4,190		4,190		456		3,357		87
Construction and development
Land & land development		17,719		17,734		2,901		8,726		40
Construction		735		735		29		2		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		1,150		1,152		209		706		31
Jumbo		2,943		2,943		275		1,349		-
Home equity		213		213		162		125		2
Consumer		8		8		1		-		-
Total with a related allowance	$	31,095	$	31,112	$	4,745	$	18,514	$	304
Total
Commercial	$	55,595	$	55,634	$	4,098	$	37,740	$	996
Residential real estate		23,400		23,414		646		17,748		107
Consumer		8		8		1		-		-
Total	$	79,003	$	79,056	$	4,745	$	55,488	$	1,103

				December 31, 2010
								Average		Interest Income
		Recorded		Unpaid	Related			Impaired		Recognized
Dollars in thousands		Investment		Principal Balance	Allowance			Balance		while impaired
Without a related allowance
Commercial	$	629	$	630	$	-	$	232	$	9
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		7,538		7,556		-		9,052		440
Non-owner occupied		3,314		3,321		-		12,852		734
Construction and development
Land & land development		9,213		9,214		-		12,852		468
Construction		-		-		-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		2,161		2,696		-		2,074		76
Jumbo		14,822		14,822		-		7,887		547
Home equity		165		165		-		-		-
Total without a related allowance	$	37,842	$	38,404	$	-	$	44,949	$	2,274
With a related allowance
Commercial	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied		3,933		3,933		265		670		-
Non-owner occupied		2,130		2,130		267		1,953		88
Construction and development
Land & land development		7,301		7,301		2,575		3,183		7
Construction		-		-		-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		2,589		2,591		843		1,242		22
Jumbo		2,474		2,474		877		1,343		31
Home equity		48		48		48		12		1
Total with a related allowance	$	18,475	$	18,477	$	4,875	$	8,403	$	149
Total
Commercial	$	34,058	$	34,085	$	3,107	$	40,794	$	1,746
Residential real estate		22,259		22,796		1,768		12,558		677
Total	$	56,317	$	56,881	$	4,875	$	53,352	$	2,423

     For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recognized approximately $1,103,000, $2,423,000, and $298,000, in interest income on impaired loans after the date that the loans were deemed to be impaired. Using a cash-basis method of accounting, we would have recognized approximately the same amount of interest income on such loans.

     A modification of a loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession that we would not otherwise consider. This may include a transfer of real estate or other assets from the borrower, a modification of loan terms, or a combination of both. A loan continues to qualify as a TDR until a consistent payment history or change in the borrower's financial condition has been evidenced, generally no less than twelve months. Included in impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings of $47,770,000 and $31,712,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, with no commitments to lend additional funds under these restructurings at either balance sheet date.

     The following table presents by class the TDRs that were restructured during the three months and twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Generally, the modifications were extensions of term, modifying the payment terms from principal and interest to interest only for an extended period, or reduction in interest rate. All TDRs are evaluated individually for allowance for loan loss purposes.

	For the Three Months Ended					For the Twelve Months Ended
		December 31, 2011					December 31, 2011
		Pre-modification Post-modification					Pre-modification Post-modification
	Number of		Recorded		Recorded	Number of		Recorded		Recorded
dollars in thousands	Modifications		Investment		Investment	Modifications		Investment		Investment
Commercial	-	$	- $		-	1	$	63	$	63
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied	-		-		-	4		2,463		2,463
Non-owner occupied	-		-		-	5		7,248		7,248
Construction and development
Land & land development	-		-		-	5		3,715		3,683
Construction	-		-		-	-		-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo	-		-		-	6		1,743		1,648
Jumbo	3		5,261		4,854	3		5,261		4,854
Home equity	-		-		-	-		-		-
Consumer	1		8		8	1		8		8
Total	4	$	5,269	$	4,862	25	$	20,501	$	19,967

     The following table presents defaults during the stated period of TDRs that were restructured during 2011. For purposes of these tables, a default is considered as either the loan was past due 30 days or more at any time during the period, or the loan was fully or partially charged off during the period.

	For the Three Months Ended			For the Twelve Months Ended
	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2011
	Number		Recorded	Number		Recorded
	of		Investment	of		Investment
dollars in thousands	Defaults	at Default Date		Defaults		at Default Date
Commercial	-	$	-	- $		-
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied	1		36	4		2,454
Non-owner occupied	-		-	3		3,594
Construction and development
Land & land development	1		1,002	5		3,684
Construction	-		-	-		-
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo	1		258	1		258
Jumbo	1		545	1		545
Home equity	-		-	-		-
Consumer	-		-	-		-
Total	4	$	1,841	14	$	10,535

     We categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. We analyze loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. We internally grade all commercial loans at the time of loan origination. In addition, we perform an annual loan review on all non-homogenous commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure exceeding $2 million, at which time these loans are re-graded. We use the following definitions for our risk grades:

Pass: Loans graded as Pass are loans to borrowers of acceptable credit quality and risk. They are higher quality loans that do not fit any of the other categories described below.

OLEM (Special Mention): Commercial loans categorized as OLEM are potentially weak. The credit risk may be relatively minor yet represent a risk given certain specific circumstances. If the potential weaknesses are not monitored or mitigated, the asset may weaken or inadequately protect our position in the future.

Substandard: Commercial loans categorized as Substandard are inadequately protected by the borrower's ability to repay, equity, and/or the collateral pledged to secure the loan. These loans have identified weaknesses that could hinder normal repayment or collection of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the identified weaknesses are not mitigated.

Doubtful: Commercial loans categorized as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those loans classified as Substandard, with the added elements that the full collection of the loan is improbable and the possibility of loss is high.

Loss: Loans classified as loss are considered to be non-collectible and of such little value that their continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but rather it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off the loan, even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.

     The following table presents the recorded investment in construction and development, commercial, and commercial real estate loans which are generally evaluated based upon the internal risk ratings defined above.

Loan Risk Profile by Internal Risk Rating
		Construction and Development														Commercial Real Estate
		Land and land
		development				Construction				Commercial				Owner Occupied				Non-Owner Occupied
Dollars in thousands		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010		2011		2010
Pass	$	47,521	$	63,061	$	1,886	$	13,320	$	84,225	$	89,129	$	143,845	$	167,048	$	253,319	$	218,555
OLEM (Special Mention)		18,615		19,509		-		249		6,889		6,481		5,474		4,417		10,421		14,154
Substandard		26,899		15,796		1,049		122		7,910		1,449		9,435		15,633		6,486		2,628
Doubtful		-		719		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Loss		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	93,035	$	99,085	$	2,935	$	13,691	$	99,024	$	97,059	$	158,754	$	187,098	$	270,226	$	235,337

     The following table presents the recorded investment in consumer, residential real estate, and home equity loans, which are generally evaluated based on the aging status of the loans, which was previously presented, and payment activity.

		Performing				Nonperforming
Dollars in thousands		2011		2010		2011		2010
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo	$	218,050	$	233,857	$	3,683	$	5,433
Jumbo		47,570		59,307		13,965		2,033
Home Equity		50,360		50,936		538		51
Consumer		22,180		25,111		145		142
Other		2,762		3,405		-		-
Total	$	340,922	$	372,616	$	18,331	$	7,659

     Industry concentrations: At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no concentrations of loans to any single industry in excess of 10% of total loans.

     Loans to related parties: We have had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with our directors, principal officers, their immediate families and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders (commonly referred to as related parties). These transactions have been, in our opinion, on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others.

     The following presents the activity with respect to related party loans aggregating $60,000 or more to any one related party (other changes represent additions to and changes in director and executive officer status):

Dollars in thousands		2011				2010
Balance, beginning	$		7,838		$		4,076
Additions			8,670				6,602
Amounts collected			(4,457	)			(3,519	)
Other changes, net			5,012				679
Balance, ending	$		17,063		$		7,838

     Loan commitments: ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires that commitments to make mortgage loans should be accounted for as derivatives if the loans are to be held for sale, because the commitment represents a written option and accordingly is recorded at the fair value of the option liability.

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Securities [Abstract]

Securities

NOTE 4. SECURITIES

     We classify debt and equity securities as "held to maturity", "available for sale" or "trading" according to management's intent. The appropriate classification is determined at the time of purchase of each security and re-evaluated at each reporting date.

     Securities held to maturity – Certain debt securities for which we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. There are no securities classified as held to maturity in the accompanying financial statements.

     Securities available for sale - Securities not classified as "held to maturity" or as "trading" are classified as "available for sale." Securities classified as "available for sale" are those securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. "Available for sale" securities are reported at estimated fair value net of unrealized gains or losses, which are adjusted for applicable income taxes, and reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

Trading securities - There are no securities classified as "trading" in the accompanying financial statements.

     Impairment assessment: Impairment exists when the fair value of a security is less than its cost. Cost includes adjustments made to the cost basis of a security for accretion, amortization and previous other-than-temporary impairments. We perform a quarterly assessment of the debt and equity securities in our investment portfolio that have an unrealized loss to determine whether the decline in the fair value of these securities below their cost is other-than-temporary. This determination requires significant judgment. Impairment is considered other-than-temporary when it becomes probable that we will be unable to recover the cost of an investment. This assessment takes into consideration factors such as the length of time and the extent to which the market values have been less than cost, the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer including events specific to the issuer or industry, defaults or deferrals of scheduled interest, principal or dividend payments, external credit ratings and recent downgrades, and our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value. If a decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value which then becomes the new cost basis. The amount of the write down is included in other-than-temporary impairment of securities in the consolidated statements of income. The new cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value, if any.

     Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized on the specific identification method. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are computed using the interest method.

     The amortized cost, unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair values of securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are summarized as follows:

	2011
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands			Gains		Losses
Available for Sale
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies and corporations	$	8,262	$	495	$	10	$	8,747
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		152,815		3,460		770		155,505
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		35,246		742		1,560		34,428
State and political subdivisions		4,559		16		4		4,571
Corporate debt securities		999		-		182		817
Total taxable debt securities		201,881		4,713		2,526		204,068
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		75,371		3,986		31		79,326
Residential mortgage-backed securities		3,109		19		-		3,128
Total tax-exempt debt securities		78,480		4,005		31		82,454
Equity securities		77		-		-		77
Total available for sale securities	$	280,438	$	8,718	$	2,557	$	286,599

	2010
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands			Gains		Losses
Available for Sale
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies and corporations	$	30,645	$	319	$	299	$	30,665
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		119,608		3,642		213		123,037
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		60,257		2,528		3,518		59,267
State and political subdivisions		23,342		6		960		22,388
Corporate debt securities		999		-		50		949
Total taxable debt securities		234,851		6,495		5,040		236,306
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		35,843		211		707		35,347
Total tax-exempt debt securities		35,843		211		707		35,347
Equity securities		77		-		-		77
Total available for sale securities	$	270,771	$	6,706	$	5,747	$	271,730

     The proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of securities, including principal payments received on available for sale mortgage-backed obligations and the related gross gains and losses realized are as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Proceeds from						Gross realized
	Sales		Calls and Maturities		Principal Payments		Gains		Losses
Years ended December 31,
2011	$	131,950	$	8,049	$	57,670	$	4,450	$	444
2010	$	50,893	$	60,972	$	57,444	$	2,061	$	10
2009	$	45,543	$	21,365	$	73,631	$	1,511	$	14

     Residential mortgage-backed obligations having contractual maturities ranging from 1 to 50 years are reflected in the following maturity distribution schedules based on their anticipated average life to maturity, which ranges from 1 to 26 years. Accordingly, discounts are accreted and premiums are amortized over the anticipated average life to maturity of the specific obligation.

The maturities, amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities at December 31, 2011, are summarized as follows:

	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands
Due in one year or less	$	75,161	$	76,262
Due from one to five years		97,599		99,081
Due from five to ten years		18,546		18,650
Due after ten years		89,055		92,529
Equity securities		77		77
Total	$	280,438	$	286,599

     At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with estimated fair values of $153,476,000 and $175,852,000 respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

During 2011 and 2010 we recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities as follows:

	2011								2010
	Residential MBS Nongovernment - Sponsored Entities			Equity Securities		Total			Residential MBS Nongovernment - Sponsored Entities			Equity Securities		Total
Dollars in thousands
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses	$	(6,279	)	$	-	$	(6,279	)	$	(1,816	)	$	-	$	(1,816	)
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income		3,633			-		3,633			828			-		828
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings	$	(2,646	)	$	-	$	(2,646	)	$	(988	)	$	-	$	(988	)

     Activity related to the credit component recognized on debt securities available for sale for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income for year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Dollars in thousands	Total
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	(3,910	)
Additions for the credit component on debt securities in which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		(2,646	)
Securities sold during the period		201
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	(6,355	)

     At December 31, 2011, our debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment in which only the amount of loss related to credit was recognized in earnings consisted solely of residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities. We utilize third party vendors to estimate the portion of loss attributable to credit using discounted cash flow models. The vendors estimate cash flows of the underlying loan collateral of each mortgage-backed security using models that incorporate their best estimates of current key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Assumptions utilized could vary widely from loan to loan, and are influenced by such factors as loan interest rate, geographical location of the borrower, collateral type and borrower characteristic. Specific such assumptions utilized by our vendors in their valuation of our other-than-temporarily impaired residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities were as follows at December 31, 2011:

	Weighted Average		Range
			Minimum		Maximum
Constant prepayment rates	9.3	%	1.2	%	14.4	%
Constant default rates	5.5	%	3.1	%	10.4	%
Loss severities	46.9	%	40.0	%	57.0	%

     Our vendors performing these valuations also analyze the structure of each mortgage-backed instrument in order to determine how the estimated cash flows of the underlying collateral will be distributed to each security issued from the structure. Expected principal and interest cash flows on the impaired debt securities are discounted predominantly using unobservable discount rates which the vendors assume that market participants would utilize in pricing the specific security. Based on the discounted expected cash flows derived from our vendors' models, we expect to recover the remaining unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment sponsored entities.

     We held 67 available for sale securities having an unrealized loss at December 31, 2011. Provided below is a summary of securities available for sale which were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010. We have the ability and intent to hold these securities until such time as the value recovers or the securities mature. Further, we believe that the decline in value is attributable to changes in market interest rates and not credit quality of the issuer and no additional impairment is warranted at this time.

	2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Estimsated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Dollars in thousands
Temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies and corporations	$	1,074	$	(10	)	$	120	$	-		$	1,194	$	(10	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		55,678		(770	)		-		-			55,678		(770	)
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		5,558		(158	)		4,245		(239	)		9,803		(397	)
State and political subdivisions		-		-			-		-			-		-
Corporate debt securities		-		-			817		(182	)		817		(182	)
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		1,418		(29	)		1,132		(6	)		2,550		(35	)
Total temporarily impaired securities		63,728		(967	)		6,314		(427	)		70,042		(1,394	)
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		466		(261	)		5,638		(902	)		6,104		(1,163	)
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities		466		(261	)		5,638		(902	)		6,104		(1,163	)
Total	$	64,194	$	(1,228	)	$	11,952	$	(1,329	)	$	76,146	$	(2,557	)

	2010
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Dollars in thousands
Temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
U. S. Government agencies and corporations	$	9,658	$	(284	)	$	1,272	$	(15	)	$	10,930	$	(299	)
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Government-sponsored agencies		24,869		(213	)		-		-			24,869		(213	)
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		7,506		(459	)		12,695		(2,716	)		20,201		(3,175	)
State and political subdivisions		18,215		(955	)		385		(5	)		18,600		(960	)
Corporate debt securities		949		(50	)		-		-			949		(50	)
Tax-exempt debt securities
State and political subdivisions		17,523		(555	)		1,169		(152	)		18,692		(707	)
Total temporarily impaired securities		78,720		(2,516	)		15,521		(2,888	)		94,241		(5,404	)
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities
Taxable debt securities
Residential mortgage-backed securities:
Nongovernment-sponsored entities		71		(43	)		4,624		(300	)		4,695		(343	)
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities		71		(43	)		4,624		(300	)		4,695		(343	)
Total	$	78,791	$	(2,559	)	$	20,145	$	(3,188	)	$	98,936	$	(5,747	)

     The largest component of the unrealized loss at December 31, 2011 was $1.6 million related to residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment-sponsored entities. We monitor the performance of the mortgages underlying these bonds. Although there has been some deterioration in their collateral performance, we primarily hold the senior tranches of each issue which provides protection against defaults. We attribute the unrealized loss on these mortgage-backed securities largely due to their current absence of liquidity. We expect to receive all contractual principal and interest payments due on our debt securities and have the ability and intent to hold these investments until their fair value recovers or until maturity. The mortgages in these asset pools have been made to borrowers with strong credit history and significant equity invested in their homes. They are well diversified geographically. Nonetheless, significant further weakening of economic fundamentals coupled with significant increases in unemployment and substantial deterioration in the value of residential properties could extend distress to this borrower population. This could continue to increase default rates and put additional pressure on property values. Should these conditions persist, the value of these securities could decline further and trigger the recognition of additional other-than-temporary impairment charges.

XML

Regulatory Matters

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Regulatory Matters [Abstract]

Regulatory Matters

NOTE 16. REGULATORY MATTERS

     The primary source of funds for our dividends paid to our shareholders is dividends received from our subsidiaries. Dividends paid by the subsidiary bank are subject to restrictions by banking law and regulations and require approval by the bank's regulatory agency if dividends declared in any year exceed the bank's current year's net income, as defined, plus its retained net profits of the two preceding years. Presently, as a result of the bank MOU, the bank is restricted from paying any cash dividends unless it has provided 30 days prior notice to its regulatory authorities, and its regulatory authorities did not object.

     We and our subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the banking regulatory agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we and each of our subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our and our subsidiaries' assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our and each of our subsidiaries' capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

     Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require us and each of our subsidiaries to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). We believe, as of December 31, 2011, that we and each of our subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which we were subject.

     The most recent notifications from the banking regulatory agencies categorized us and each of our subsidiary banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, we and each of our subsidiaries must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.

     Our subsidiary banks are required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The required reserve balance was $50,000 at December 31, 2011.

     Summit's and its subsidiary bank, Summit Community Bank's ("SCB") actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table.

										To be Well Capitalized
						Minimum Required				under Prompt Corrective
		Actual				Regulatory Capital				Action Provisions
Dollars in thousands		Amount	Ratio			Amount	Ratio			Amount	Ratio
As of December 31, 2011
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit	$	136,060	13.0	%	$	83,617	8.0	%	$	104,522	10.0	%
Summit Community		142,329	13.6	%		83,604	8.0	%		104,505	10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit		109,989	10.5	%		41,809	4.0	%		62,713	6.0	%
Summit Community		129,058	12.3	%		41,802	4.0	%		62,703	6.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
Summit		109,989	7.6	%		58,031	4.0	%		72,538	5.0	%
Summit Community		129,058	8.9	%		57,995	4.0	%		72,493	5.0	%
As of December 31, 2010
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit	$	129,610	11.8	%	$	87,543	8.0	%	$	109,428	10.0	%
Summit Community		138,164	12.6	%		87,558	8.0	%		109,447	10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Summit		100,840	9.2	%		43,771	4.0	%		65,657	6.0	%
Summit Community		124,192	11.3	%		43,779	4.0	%		65,668	6.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
Summit		100,840	6.9	%		58,492	4.0	%		73,116	5.0	%
Summit Community		124,192	8.5	%		58,468	4.0	%		73,085	5.0	%

     Summit Financial Group, Inc. ("Summit") and its bank subsidiary, Summit Community Bank, Inc. (the "Bank"), have entered into informal Memoranda of Understanding ("MOU's") with their respective regulatory authorities. A memorandum of understanding is characterized by the regulatory authorities as an informal action that is not published or publicly available and that is used when circumstances warrant a milder form of action than a formal supervisory action, such as a formal written agreement or order. Among other things, under the MOU's, Summit's management team has agreed to:

• The Bank achieving and maintaining a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 11%;
• The Bank providing 30 days prior notice of any declaration of intent to pay cash dividends to provide the Bank's regulatory authorities an opportunity to object;
• Summit suspending all cash dividends on its common stock until further notice. Dividends on all preferred stock, as well as interest payments on subordinated notes underlying Summit's trust preferred securities, continue to be permissible; and,
• Summit not incurring any additional debt, other than trade payables, without the prior written consent of the principal banking regulators.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES

     The consolidated provision for income taxes includes Federal and state income taxes and is based on pretax net income reported in the consolidated financial statements, adjusted for transactions that may never enter into the computation of income taxes payable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. Valuation allowances are established when deemed necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

     ASC Topic 740 Income Taxes clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertain tax positions, as defined. ASC Topic 740 requires that a tax position meet a "probable recognition threshold" for the benefit of the uncertain tax position to be recognized in the financial statements. A tax position that fails to meet the probable recognition threshold will result in either reduction of a current or deferred tax asset or receivable, or recording a current or deferred tax liability. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition of tax benefits, classification, interim period accounting disclosure, and transition requirements in accounting for uncertain tax positions.

The components of applicable income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

Dollars in thousands		2011			2010			2009
Current
Federal	$	4,397		$	1,033		$	(5,915	)
State		21			6			(22	)
		4,418			1,039			(5,937	)
Deferred
Federal		(3,533	)		(3,554	)		4,018
State		150			(440	)		(246	)
		(3,383	)		(3,994	)		3,772
Total	$	1,035		$	(2,955	)	$	(2,165	)

     Reconciliation between the amount of reported income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the statutory income tax rates by book pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

		2011					2010				2009
Dollars in thousands		Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent		Amount		Percent
Computed tax at applicable
statutory rate	$	1,788		35		$	(1,676	)	34	$	(980	)	34
Increase (decrease) in taxes
resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest
and dividends, net		(1,032	)	(20	)		(706	)	14		(856	)	30
State income taxes, net
of Federal income tax
benefit		112		2			(286	)	6		(177	)	6
Other, net		167		3			(287	)	6		(152	)	5
Applicable income taxes	$	1,035		20		$	(2,955	)	60	$	(2,165	)	75

     Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of "temporary differences" between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of temporary differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the related assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when deemed necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Our WV net operating loss carryforward expires in 2028.

     The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, are as follows:

Dollars in thousands		2011			2010
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$		6,546	$		5,943
Deferred compensation			1,576			1,440
Other deferred costs and accrued expenses			484			601
WV net operating loss carryforward			264			683
Capital loss carryforward			73			73
Net unrealized loss on securities and
other financial instruments			6,014			2,968
Total			14,957			11,708
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation			60			145
Accretion on tax-exempt securities			29			14
Net unrealized loss on securities			2,341			364
Purchase accounting adjustments
and goodwill			995			1,058
Total			3,425			1,581
Net deferred tax assets	$		11,532	$		10,127

     In accordance with ASC Topic 740, we concluded that there were no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the consolidated financial statements. The evaluation was performed for the tax years ended 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the tax years which remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions.

     We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties associated with tax liabilities by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments are estimated to be minimal and immaterial. To the extent we have received an assessment for interest and/or penalties; it has been classified in the consolidated statements of income as a component of other noninterest expense.

     We are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2010. Tax years 2008, 2009, and 2010 remain subject to West Virginia State examination.

XML

Premises And Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Premises And Equipment [Abstract]

Premises And Equipment

NOTE 8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily by the straight-line method for premises and equipment over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives employed are on average 30 years for premises and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are charged to operating

expenses as incurred. Major improvements and additions to premises and equipment, including construction period interest costs, are capitalized. No interest was capitalized during 2011, 2010, or 2009.

     The major categories of premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows:

Dollars in thousands		2011		2010
Land	$	6,308	$	6,308
Buildings and improvements		20,118		20,059
Furniture and equipment		12,510		12,245
		38,936		38,612
Less accumulated depreciation		16,852		15,520
Total premises and equipment, net	$	22,084	$	23,092

     Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 approximated $1,393,000, $1,566,000, and $1,600,000, respectively.

XML

Allowance For Loan Losses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Allowance For Loan Losses [Abstract]

Allowance For Loan Losses

NOTE 6. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for our estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when we believe that collectability is unlikely. While we use the best information available to make our evaluation, future adjustments may be necessary if there are significant changes in conditions.

     The allowance is comprised of three distinct reserve components: (1) specific reserves related to loans individually evaluated, (2) quantitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated, and (3) qualitative reserves related to loans collectively evaluated. A summary of the methodology we employ on a quarterly basis with respect to each of these components in order to evaluate the overall adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is as follows.

Specific Reserve for Loans Individually Evaluated

     First, we identify loan relationships having aggregate balances in excess of $500,000 and that may also have credit weaknesses. Such loan relationships are identified primarily through our analysis of internal loan evaluations, past due loan reports, and loans adversely classified by regulatory authorities. Each loan so identified is then individually evaluated to determine whether it is impaired – that is, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of the underlying loan agreement. Substantially all of our impaired loans are and historically have been collateral dependent, meaning repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely from the sale of the loan's underlying collateral. For such loans, we measure impairment based on the fair value of the loan's collateral, which is generally determined utilizing current appraisals. A specific reserve is established in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the recorded investment in each impaired loan over the fair value of its underlying collateral, less estimated costs to sell. Our policy is to re-evaluate the fair value of collateral dependent loans at least every twelve months unless there is a known deterioration in the collateral's value, in which case a new appraisal is obtained.

Quantitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

     Second, we stratify the loan portfolio into the following ten loan pools: land and land development, construction, commercial, commercial real estate -- owner-occupied, commercial real estate -- non-owner occupied, conventional residential mortgage, jumbo residential mortgage, home equity, consumer, and other. Loans within each pool are then further segmented between (1) loans which were individually evaluated for impairment and not deemed to be impaired, (2) larger-balance loan relationships exceeding $2 million which are assigned an internal risk rating in conjunction with our normal ongoing loan review procedures and (3) smaller-balance homogenous loans.

     Quantitative reserves relative to each loan pool are established as follows: for all loan segments detailed above an allocation equaling 100% of the respective pool's average 12 month historical net loan charge-off rate (determined based upon the most recent twelve quarters) is applied to the aggregate recorded investment in the pool of loans.

Qualitative Reserve for Loans Collectively Evaluated

     Third, we consider the necessity to adjust our average historical net loan charge-off rates relative to each of the above ten loan pools for potential risks factors that could result in actual losses deviating from prior loss experience. For example, if we observe a significant increase in delinquencies within the conventional mortgage loan pool above historical trends, an additional allocation to the average historical loan charge-off rate is applied. Such qualitative risk factors considered are: (1) levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans, (2) levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries, (3) trends in volume and term of loans, (4) effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practice, (5) experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, (6) national and local economic trends and conditions, (7) industry conditions, and (8) effects of changes in credit concentrations.

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Dollars in thousands		2011		2010		2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	17,224	$	17,000	$	16,933
Losses:
Commercial		506		601		479
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied		508		2,266		99
Non-owner occupied		78		6,974		370
Construction and development
Land and land development		3,568		6,974		14,444
Construction		-		963		2,503
Residential real estate
Non-jumbo		3,178		2,052		1,612
Jumbo		1,511		973		1,551
Home equity		346		798		757
Consumer		162		321		295
Other		86		191		150
Total		9,943		22,113		22,260
Recoveries:
Commercial		35		39		129
Commercial real estate
Owner occupied		37		5		19
Non-owner occupied		55		268		3
Construction and development
Land and land development		43		330		1,583
Construction		-		1		32
Real estate - mortgage
Non-jumbo		83		51		29
Jumbo		14		15		-
Home equity		1		84		-
Consumer		112		162		97
Other		51		32		110
Total		431		987		2,002
Net losses		9,512		21,126		20,258
Provision for loan losses		10,000		21,350		20,325
Balance, end of year	$	17,712	$	17,224	$	17,000

Activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan class during 2011 is as follows:

		Construction & Land
			Development
		Land &								Commercial Real Estate						Residential Real Estate
		Land &										Non	-
		Devlop- Construc-						Commer-		Owner			Owner		Non	-				Home		Con	-
Dollars in thousands			ment		tion				cial	Occupied			Occupied			jumbo		Jumbo		Equity			sumer			Other		Total
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance		$	7,901	$	322			$	323	$	1,108		$	2,941	$	2,419	$	1,316		$	600	$	263		$	31	$	17,224
Charge-offs			3,568		-				506		508			78		3,178		1,511			346		162			86		9,943
Recoveries			43		-				35		37			55		83		14			1		112			51		431
Provision			2,885		(202	)			918		698			365		3,263		1,512			576		(52	)		37		10,000
Ending balance		$	7,261	$	120			$	770	$	1,335		$	3,283	$	2,587	$	1,331		$	831	$	161		$	33	$	17,712
Allowance related to:
Loans individually
evaluated for impairment		$	2,901	$	29			$	247	$	464		$	456	$	209	$	275		$	163	$	2		$	-	$	4,746
Loans collectively
evaluated for impairment			4,360		91				523		871			2,827		2,378		1,056			668		159			33		12,966
Loans acquired with
deteriorated credit quality			-		-				-		-			-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total		$	7,261	$	120			$	770	$	1,335		$	3,283	$	2,587	$	1,331		$	831	$	161		$	33	$	17,712
Loans
Loans individually
evaluated for impairment	$	29,862		$	735			$	2,969	$	12,278		$	9,790	$	4,860	$	18,147		$	407	$	8		$	-	$	79,056
Loans collectively
evaluated for impairment			63,173		2,201				96,055		146,476		260,436			216,873		43,388		50,491			22,317			2,762		904,172
Loans acquired with
deteriorated credit quality			-		-				-		-			-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total	$	93,035		$	2,936		$	99,024		$	158,754	$	270,226		$	221,733	$	61,535	$	50,898		$	22,325		$	2,762	$	983,228

XML

Property Held For Sale

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property Held For Sale [Abstract]

Property Held For Sale

NOTE 7. PROPERTY HELD FOR SALE

     Property held for sale consists of premises qualifying as held for sale under ASC Topic 360 Property, Plant, and Equipment, and of real estate acquired through foreclosure on loans secured by such real estate. Qualifying premises are transferred to property held for sale at the lower of carrying value or estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs. Foreclosed property is recorded at the estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property's appraised value at the date of foreclosure, with any difference between the fair value of foreclosed property and the carrying value of the related loan charged to the allowance for loan losses. We perform periodic valuations of property held for sale subsequent to transfer. Changes in value subsequent to transfer are recorded in noninterest income. Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from the sale of property held for sale is recognized on the date of sale. Depreciation is not recorded on property held for sale. Expenses incurred in connection with operating foreclosed properties are charged to noninterest expense.

The following table presents the activity of property held for sale during 2011 and 2010.

Dollars in thousands		2011			2010
Beginning balance	$	69,638		$	40,293
Acquisitions		12,563			48,354
Capitalized improvements		613			1,852
Dispositions		(12,225	)		(17,460	)
Valuation adjustments		(6,651	)		(3,401	)
Balance at year end	$	63,938		$	69,638

XML

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Intangible Assets

NOTE 9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Goodwill and certain other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized into net income over an estimated life, but rather are tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets determined to have definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and also are subject to impairment testing.

     In accordance with ASC Topic 350 Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, goodwill is subject to impairment testing at least annually to determine whether write-downs of the recorded balances are necessary. A fair value is determined based on at least one of three various market valuation methodologies. If the fair value equals or exceeds the book value, no write-down of recorded goodwill is necessary. If the fair value is less than the book value, an expense may be required on our books to write down the goodwill to the proper carrying value. During the third quarter, we completed the required annual impairment test for 2011 and determined that no impairment write-offs were necessary.

     In addition, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had $353,000 and $504,000, respectively, in unamortized acquired intangible assets consisting entirely of unidentifiable intangible assets recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and $2,100,000 and $2,300,000 in unamortized identifiable customer intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

						Goodwill Activity
			Community			Insurance
Dollars in thousands			Banking			Services			Total
Balance, January 1, 2011		$		1,488		$	4,710	$		6,198
Acquired goodwill, net					-		-			-
Balance, December 31, 2011		$		1,488		$	4,710	$		6,198
					Other Intangible Assets
		December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Community		Insurance				Community		Insurance
Dollars in thousands		Banking		Services		Total	Banking			Services		Total
Unidentifiable intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$	2,267	$	-	$	2,267	$	2,267	$	-	$	2,267
Less: accumulated amortization		1,914		-		1,914		1,763		-		1,763
Net carrying amount	$	353	$	-	$	353	$	504	$	-	$	504
Identifiable intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$	-	$	3,000	$	3,000	$	-	$	3,000	$	3,000
Less: accumulated amortization		-		900		900		-		700		700
Net carrying amount	$	-	$	2,100	$	2,100	$	-	$	2,300	$	2,300

     We recorded amortization expense of $351,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 relative to our other intangible assets. Annual amortization is expected to be approximately $351,000 for each of the years ending 2012 through 2016. The remaining amortization period is 10.5 years.

XML

Commitments And Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments And Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments And Contingencies

NOTE 14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Lending related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk: We are a party to certain financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of financial position. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement that we have in this class of financial instruments.

     Many of our lending relationships contain both funded and unfunded elements. The funded portion is reflected on our balance sheet. The unfunded portion of these commitments is not recorded on our balance sheet until a draw is made under the loan facility. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements.

A summary of the total unfunded, or off-balance sheet, credit extension commitments follows:

		December 31,
Dollars in thousands		2011		2010
Commitments to extend credit:
Revolving home equity and
credit card lines	$	45,660	$	43,848
Construction loans		11,893		15,232
Other loans		33,139		36,342
Standby letters of credit		1,489		4,882
Total	$	92,181	$	100,304

     Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if we deem necessary upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or real estate.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party.

     Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

     Operating leases: We occupy certain facilities under long-term operating leases. The aggregate minimum annual rental commitments under those leases total approximately $243,000 in 2012, $235,000 in 2013, $175,000 in 2014, and $21,000 in 2015. Total net rent expense included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements was $294,000 in 2011, $348,000 in 2010, and $564,000 in 2009.

     Litigation: We are involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. To the best of our knowledge, no matters have been specifically identified to management that are reasonably possible to have a significant adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.

     Employment Agreements: We have various employment agreements with our chief executive officer and certain other executive officers. These agreements contain change in control provisions that would entitle the officers to receive compensation in the event there is a change in control in the Company (as defined) and a termination of their employment without cause (as defined).

XML

Condensed Financial Statements Of Parent Company

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Condensed Financial Statements Of Parent Company [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Statements Of Parent Company

NOTE 19. CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

     Our investment in our wholly-owned subsidiaries is presented on the equity method of accounting. Information relative to our balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are presented as follows:

Balance Sheets

	December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	8,466	$	4,608
Investment in subsidiaries, eliminated in consolidation		141,098		132,767
Securities available for sale		92		1,173
Premises and equipment		12		33
Accrued interest receivable		2		6
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies		43		48
Other assets		1,425		1,050
Total assets	$	151,138	$	139,685
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Short-term borrowings	$	-	$	-
Long-term borrowings		9,929		11,734
Subordinated debentures		16,800		16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts		19,589		19,589
Other liabilities		2,254		1,741
Total liabilities		48,572		49,864
Preferred stock and related surplus, $1.00 par value, authorized 250,000 shares:
Series 2009, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; 3,710 shares issued		3,519		3,519
Series 2011, 8% Non-cumulative convertible preferred stock,
par value $1.00; 2011 - 12,000 shares issued		5,807		-
Common stock and related surplus, $2.50 par value, authorized
20,000,000 shares; issued 7,425,472 shares		24,518		24,508
Retained earnings		64,904		61,201
Accumulated other comprehensive income		3,818		593
Total shareholders' equity		102,566		89,821
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	151,138	$	139,685

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	500		$	500		$	1,000
Other dividends and interest income		19			17			25
Realized securities gains		1,112			343			-
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		-			-			(215	)
Management and service fees from subsidiaries		1,044			1,083			6,624
Total income		2,675			1,943			7,434
Expense
Interest expense		1,833			1,934			1,916
Operating expenses		1,641			1,724			6,950
Total expenses		3,474			3,658			8,866
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in
undistributed income of subsidiaries		(799	)		(1,715	)		(1,432	)
Income tax (benefit)		(426	)		(829	)		(905	)
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries		(373	)		(886	)		(527	)
Equity in (distributed) undistributed income of subsidiaries		4,447			(1,089	)		(189	)
Net income (loss)		4,074			(1,975	)		(716	)
Dividends on preferred shares		371			297			74
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares	$	3,703		$	(2,272	)	$	(790	)

Statements of Income

Statements of Cash Flows
		For the Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands		2011		2010		2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	4,074	$	(1,975	) $	(716	)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to
net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in (undistributed) distributed net income of
subsidiaries		(4,447	)	1,089		189
Deferred tax expense		(11	)	(120	)	(146	)
Depreciation		21		113		612
Other-than-temporary impairment of securities		-		-		215
Realized securities (gains)		(1,111	)	(343	)	-
Stock compensation expense		10		-		-
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance		5		(11	)	(56	)
(Increase) decrease in other assets		43		(729	)	(1,009	)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		439		883		(178	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(977	)	(1,093	)	(1,089	)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment in subsidiaries		-		(4,824	)	(5,500	)
Proceeds sales of available for sale securities		1,130		356		-
Purchase of available for sale securities		-		-		(37	)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment		-		5,552		-
Purchases of premises and equipment		-		(4	)	(64	)
Proceeds from sale of other assets		-		1,322		-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		1,130		2,402		(5,601	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid to shareholders		-		-		(445	)
Dividends paid on preferred stock		(297	)	(297	)	-
Exercise of stock options		-		-		43
Reinvested dividends		-		-		12
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings		-		(2,666	)	467
Repayment of long-term borrowings		(1,805	)	(902	)	-
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures		-		-		6,762
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		5,807		-		3,519
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		3,705		(3,865	)	10,358
Increase (decrease) in cash		3,858		(2,556	)	3,668
Cash:
Beginning		4,608		7,164		3,496
Ending	$	8,466	$	4,608	$	7,164
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
FLOW INFORMATION
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	1,832	$	1,941	$	1,936

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Preferred Stock Series 2009 [Member] Preferred Stock And Related Surplus [Member]	Preferred Stock Series 2011 [Member] Preferred Stock And Related Surplus [Member]	Common Stock And Related Surplus [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008			$ 24,453	$ 64,709	$ (1,918)	$ 87,244
Comprehensive income:
Net income (loss)				(716)		(716)
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes					(326)	(326)
Net unrealized gain loss on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes and reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income					1,403	1,403
Total comprehensive income						361
Exercise of stock options			55			55
Issuance of preferred stock	3,519					3,519
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared				(74)		(74)
Common stock cash dividends declared				(445)		(445)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	3,519		24,508	63,474	(841)	90,660
Comprehensive income:
Net income (loss)				(1,975)		(1,975)
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes					(513)	(513)
Net unrealized gain loss on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes and reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income					1,947	1,947
Total comprehensive income						(541)
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared				(297)		(297)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	3,519		24,508	61,201	593	89,821
Comprehensive income:
Net income (loss)				4,074		4,074
Other comprehensive income:
Non-credit related other-than-temporary impairment on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes					(2,252)	(2,252)
Net unrealized gain loss on available for sale debt securities, net of deferred taxes and reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income					5,477	5,477
Total comprehensive income						7,299
Exercise of stock options
Stock compensation expense			10			10
Issuance of preferred stock		5,807				5,807
Series 2009 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared				(297)		(297)
Series 2011 Preferred Stock cash dividends declared				(74)		(74)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 3,519	$ 5,807	$ 24,518	$ 64,904	$ 3,818	$ 102,566

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

NOTE 3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

     ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

     Accordingly, securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, and impaired loans held for investment. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

     Available-for-Sale Securities: Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security's credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Certain residential mortgage-backed securities issued by nongovernment entities are Level 3, due to the unobservable inputs used in pricing those securities.

     Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. As such, we classify loans subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments as Level 2.

     Loans: We do not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC Topic 310. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral. In accordance with ASC Topic 310, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral requires classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, we record the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When a current appraised value is not available and there is no observable market price, we record the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

     When a collateral dependent loan is identified as impaired, management immediately begins the process of evaluating the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral on an "as is" basis to determine if a related specific allowance for loan losses or charge-off is necessary. Current "as is" appraisals are ordered once a loan is deemed impaired if the existing appraisal is more than twelve months old, or more frequently if there is known deterioration in value. For recently identified impaired loans, a current appraisal may not be available at the financial statement date. Until the current appraisal is obtained, the original appraised value is discounted, as appropriate, to compensate for the estimated depreciation in the value of the loan's underlying collateral since the date of the original appraisal. Such discounts are generally estimated based upon management's knowledge of sales of similar collateral within the applicable market area and its knowledge of other real estate market-related data as well as general economic trends. When a new appraisal is received (which generally are received within 3 months of a loan being identified as impaired), management then re-evaluates the fair value of the collateral and adjusts any specific allocated allowance for loan losses, as appropriate. In addition, management also assigns a discount of 7–10% for the estimated costs to sell the collateral. As of December 31, 2011, the total fair value of our collateral dependent impaired loans which had a related specific allowance or charge-off was $8,041,000 less than the related appraised values of the underlying collateral for such loans.

     Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO"): OREO consists of real estate acquired in foreclosure or other settlement of loans. Such assets are carried on the balance sheet at the lower of the investment in the real estate or its fair value less estimated selling costs. The fair value of OREO is determined on a nonrecurring basis generally utilizing current "as is" appraisals performed by an independent, licensed appraiser applying an income or market value approach using observable market data (Level 2). Updated appraisals of OREO are generally obtained if the existing appraisal is more than 18 months old, or more frequently if there is a known deterioration in value. However, if a current appraisal is not available, the original appraised value is discounted, as appropriate, to compensate for the estimated depreciation in the value of the real estate since the date of its original appraisal. Such discounts are generally estimated based upon management's knowledge of sales of similar property within the applicable market area and its knowledge of other real estate market-related data as well as general economic trends (Level 3). Upon foreclosure, any fair value adjustment is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred and included in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.

     A distribution of asset and liability fair values according to the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is provided in the tables below.

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

		Balance at			Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands		December 31, 2011		Level 1			Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government sponsored agencies	$	8,747	$		-	$	8,747	$		-
Mortgage backed securities:
Government sponsored agencies		155,505			-		155,505			-
Nongovernment sponsored agencies		34,428			-		34,428			-
State and political subdivisions		4,571			-		4,571			-
Corporate debt securities		817			-		817			-
Other equity securities		77			-		77			-
Tax-exempt state and political subdivisions		79,326			-		79,326			-
Tax-exempt mortgage backed securities		3,128			-		3,128			-
Total available for sale securities	$	286,599	$		-	$	286,599	$		-

		Balance at			Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands		December 31, 2010		Level 1			Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities
U.S. Government sponsored agencies	$	30,665	$		-	$	30,665	$		-
Mortgage backed securities:
Government sponsored agencies		123,037			-		123,037			-
Nongovernment sponsored agencies		59,267			-		59,267			-
State and political subdivisions		22,388			-		22,388			-
Corporate debt securities		949			-		949			-
Other equity securities		77			-		77			-
Tax-exempt state and political subdivisions		35,347			-		35,347			-
Total available for sale securities	$	271,730	$		-	$	271,730	$		-

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

     We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are included in the tables below.

		Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands		December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Residential mortgage loans held for sale	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Impaired loans
Commercial	$	2,722	$	-	$	-	$	2,722
Commercial real estate		21,148		-		13,777		7,371
Construction and development		27,667		-		25,297		2,370
Residential real estate		22,768		-		18,253		4,515
Consumer		6		-		-		6
Total impaired loans	$	74,311	$	-	$	57,327	$	16,984
OREO	$	63,938	$	-	$	63,263	$	675
		Balance at		Fair Value Measurements Using:
Dollars in thousands		December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Residential mortgage loans held for sale	$	343	$	-	$	343	$	-
Impaired loans
Commercial	$	630	$	-	$	-	$	630
Commercial real estate		16,408		-		13,569		2,839
Construction and development		13,940		-		11,251		2,689
Residential real estate		21,028		-		14,836		6,192
Total impaired loans	$	52,006	$	-	$	39,656	$	12,350
OREO	$	70,235	$	-	$	69,855	$	380

     Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $79,056,000, with a valuation allowance of $4,745,000, resulting in no additional provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011.

     ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The following summarizes the methods and significant assumptions we used in estimating our fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

Cash and due from banks: The carrying values of cash and due from banks approximate their estimated fair value.

     Interest bearing deposits with other banks: The carrying values of interest bearing deposits with other banks approximate their estimated fair values.

Federal funds sold: The carrying values of Federal funds sold approximate their estimated fair values.

     Securities: Estimated fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities.

Loans held for sale: The carrying values of loans held for sale approximate their estimated fair values.

     Loans: The estimated fair values for loans are computed based on scheduled future cash flows of principal and interest, discounted at interest rates currently offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. No prepayments of principal are assumed.

     Accrued interest receivable and payable: The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their estimated fair values.

     Deposits: The estimated fair values of demand deposits (i.e. non-interest bearing checking, NOW, money market and savings accounts) and other variable rate deposits approximate their carrying values. Fair values of fixed maturity deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology at rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities. Any intangible value of long-term relationships with depositors is not considered in estimating the fair values disclosed.

Short-term borrowings: The carrying values of short-term borrowings approximate their estimated fair values.

     Long-term borrowings: The fair values of long-term borrowings are estimated by discounting scheduled future payments of principal and interest at current rates available on borrowings with similar terms.

Subordinated debentures: The carrying values of subordinated debentures approximate their estimated fair values.

     Subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts: The carrying values of subordinated debentures owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts approximate their estimated fair values.

     Off-balance sheet instruments: The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit standing of the counter parties. The amounts of fees currently charged on commitments and standby letters of credit are deemed insignificant, and therefore, the estimated fair values and carrying values are not shown below.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial instruments are summarized below:

				At December 31,
		2011				2010
				Estimated				Estimated
		Carrying		Fair		Carrying		Fair
Dollars in thousands		Value		Value		Value		Value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	4,398	$	4,398	$	4,652	$	4,652
Interest bearing deposits,
other banks		28,294		28,294		45,696		45,696
Securities available for sale		286,599		286,599		271,730		271,730
Other investments		19,146		19,146		22,941		22,941
Loans held for sale, net		-		-		343		343
Loans, net		965,516		977,782		995,319		1,002,889
Accrued interest receivable		5,784		5,784		5,879		5,879
	$	1,309,737	$	1,322,003	$	1,346,560	$	1,354,130
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	1,016,500	$	1,054,093	$	1,036,939	$	1,102,131
Short-term borrowings		15,956		15,956		1,582		1,582
Long-term borrowings		270,254		291,099		304,109		323,803
Subordinated debentures		16,800		16,800		16,800		16,800
Subordinated debentures owed to
unconsolidated subsidiary trusts		19,589		19,589		19,589		19,589
Accrued interest payable		2,558		2,558		3,130		3,130
	$	1,341,657	$	1,400,095	$	1,382,149	$	1,467,035

XML

Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

NOTE 20. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
A summary of our unaudited selected quarterly financial data is as follows:
					2011
		First			Second			Third			Fourth
Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts		Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Interest income	$	18,200		$	18,109		$	17,652		$	17,086
Net interest income		10,102			10,160			9,921			9,661
Net income (loss)		(248	)		905			1,936			1,480
Net income applicable to common shares		(322	)		831			1,862			1,331
Basic earnings per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11		$	0.25		$	0.18
Diluted earnings per share	$	(0.04	)	$	0.11		$	0.24		$	0.16
					2010
		First			Second			Third			Fourth
Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts		Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
Interest income	$	20,645		$	20,208		$	19,554		$	19,266
Net interest income		10,232			9,936			9,548			10,437
Net income (loss)		120			(2,878	)		(128	)		910
Net income applicable to common shares		46			(2,952	)		(202	)		836
Basic earnings per share	$	0.01		$	(0.40	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.11
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.01		$	(0.40	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.11

XML

Employee Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefits [Abstract]

Employee Benefits

NOTE 13. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

     Retirement Plans: We have defined contribution profit-sharing plans with 401(k) provisions covering substantially all employees. Contributions to the plans are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contributions made to the plans and charged to expense were $313,000, $321,000, and $317,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

     Employee Stock Ownership Plan: We have an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), which enables eligible employees to acquire shares of our common stock. The cost of the ESOP is borne by us through annual contributions to an Employee Stock Ownership Trust in amounts determined by the Board of Directors.

     The expense recognized by us is based on cash contributed or committed to be contributed by us to the ESOP during the year. Contributions to the ESOP for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $69,000. There were no contributions to the ESOP for 2010 or 2009. Dividends paid by us to the ESOP are reported as a reduction to retained earnings. The ESOP owned 304,281 and 276,405 shares of our common stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which were purchased at the prevailing market price and are considered outstanding for earnings per share computations. The trustees of the Retirement Plans and ESOP are also members of our Board of Directors.

     Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan: In May 1999, Summit Community Bank entered into a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP") with certain senior officers, which provides participating officers with an income benefit payable at retirement age or death. During 2000, Shenandoah Valley National Bank adopted a similar plan and during 2002, Summit Financial Group, Inc. adopted a similar plan. The liabilities accrued for the SERP's at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $3,059,000 and $2,658,000, respectively, which are included in other liabilities. In addition, we purchased certain life insurance contracts to fund the liabilities arising under these plans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash surrender value of these insurance contracts was $28,968,000 and $13,122,000, respectively, and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

     Stock Option Plan: The 2009 Officer Stock Option Plan was adopted by our shareholders in May 2009 and provides for the granting of stock options for up to 350,000 shares of common stock to our key officers. Each option granted under the Plan vests according to a schedule designated at the grant date and has a term of no more than 10 years following the vesting date. Also, the option price per share was not to be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The 2009 Officer Stock Option Plan, which expires in May 2019, replaces the 1998 Officer Stock Option Plan (collectively the "Plans") that expired in May 2008.

     The fair value of our employee stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Additionally, there may be other factors that would otherwise have a significant effect on the value of employee stock options granted but are not considered by the model. Because our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options at the time of grant. There were no options granted in 2011 and 8,000 option grants during 2010.

     We recognize compensation expense based on the estimated number of stock awards expected to actually vest, exclusive of the awards expected to be forfeited. During 2009, 2010, and 2011, our stock compensation expense and related deferred taxes were insignificant.

A summary of activity in our Officer Stock Option Plans during 2009, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:

				Weighted-Average
				Exercise Price
	Options			(WAEP)
Outstanding, December 31, 2008	335,730		$	18.36
Granted	-			-
Exercised	(8,000	)		5.36
Forfeited	(16,950	)		22.46
Expired	(1,600	)		5.21
Outstanding, December 31, 2009	309,180		$	18.54
Granted	8,000			3.92
Exercised	-			-
Forfeited	-			-
Expired	-			-
Outstanding, December 31, 2010	317,180		$	18.17
Granted	-			-
Exercised	-			-
Forfeited	-			-
Expired	-			-
Outstanding, December 31, 2011	317,180		$	18.17
Exercisable Options:
December 31, 2011	311,280		$	18.44
December 31, 2010	309,580		$	18.51
December 31, 2009	308,880		$	18.54

Other information regarding options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

				Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
					Wted. Avg.	Aggregate						Aggregate
					Remaining	Intrinsic						Intrinsic
	Range of	# of			Contractual	Value		# of				Value
	exercise price	shares		WAEP	Life (yrs)	(in thousands)		shares		WAEP		(in thousands)
$	2.54 - $6.00	64,150	$	5.15	2.22	$	-	60,150	$	5.32	$	-
	6.01 - 10.00	33,680		9.20	4.59		-	31,880		9.37		-
	10.01 - 17.50	2,300		17.43	2.17		-	2,300		17.43		-
	17.51 - 20.00	51,300		17.79	5.00		-	51,200		17.79		-
	20.01 - 25.93	165,750		25.15	3.79		-	165,750		25.15		-
		317,180	$	18.17		$	-	311,280	$	18.44	$	-